NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* linux/fs/nfs/super.c
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (C) 1992 Rick Sladkey
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* nfs superblock handling functions
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-10-27 15:19:48 +00:00
|
|
|
* Modularised by Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>, while hacking some
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
* experimental NFS changes. Modularisation taken straight from SYS5 fs.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Change to nfs_read_super() to permit NFS mounts to multi-homed hosts.
|
|
|
|
* J.S.Peatfield@damtp.cam.ac.uk
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Split from inode.c by David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
|
|
|
|
*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* - superblocks are indexed on server only - all inodes, dentries, etc. associated with a
|
|
|
|
* particular server are held in the same superblock
|
|
|
|
* - NFS superblocks can have several effective roots to the dentry tree
|
|
|
|
* - directory type roots are spliced into the tree when a path from one root reaches the root
|
|
|
|
* of another (see nfs_lookup())
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/module.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/init.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/time.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/mm.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/string.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/stat.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/errno.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/unistd.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/clnt.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/stats.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/metrics.h>
|
2007-09-10 17:48:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/xprtsock.h>
|
2007-09-10 17:49:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/xprtrdma.h>
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_fs.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_mount.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs4_mount.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/lockd/bind.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/seq_file.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/mount.h>
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/mnt_namespace.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/namei.h>
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_idmap.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/vfs.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/inet.h>
|
2007-12-10 19:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/in6.h>
|
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
2010-03-24 08:04:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/slab.h>
|
2007-12-10 19:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/ipv6.h>
|
2008-06-23 16:37:01 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_xdr.h>
|
2007-02-12 08:53:40 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/magic.h>
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/parser.h>
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <asm/system.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "nfs4_fs.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "callback.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "delegation.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "iostat.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "internal.h"
|
2009-04-03 15:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "fscache.h"
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define NFSDBG_FACILITY NFSDBG_VFS
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-31 16:21:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V3
|
|
|
|
#define NFS_DEFAULT_VERSION 3
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
#define NFS_DEFAULT_VERSION 2
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
|
|
/* Mount options that take no arguments */
|
|
|
|
Opt_soft, Opt_hard,
|
|
|
|
Opt_posix, Opt_noposix,
|
|
|
|
Opt_cto, Opt_nocto,
|
|
|
|
Opt_ac, Opt_noac,
|
|
|
|
Opt_lock, Opt_nolock,
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_v2, Opt_v3, Opt_v4,
|
2007-09-10 17:49:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_udp, Opt_tcp, Opt_rdma,
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_acl, Opt_noacl,
|
|
|
|
Opt_rdirplus, Opt_nordirplus,
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_sharecache, Opt_nosharecache,
|
NFS: add "[no]resvport" mount option
The standard default security setting for NFS is AUTH_SYS. An NFS
client connects to NFS servers via a privileged source port and a
fixed standard destination port (2049). The client sends raw uid and
gid numbers to identify users making NFS requests, and the server
assumes an appropriate authority on the client has vetted these
values because the source port is privileged.
On Linux, by default in-kernel RPC services use a privileged port in
the range between 650 and 1023 to avoid using source ports of well-
known IP services. Using such a small range limits the number of NFS
mount points and the number of unique NFS servers to which a client
can connect concurrently.
An NFS client can use unprivileged source ports to expand the range of
source port numbers, allowing more concurrent server connections and
more NFS mount points. Servers must explicitly allow NFS connections
from unprivileged ports for this to work.
In the past, bumping the value of the sunrpc.max_resvport sysctl on
the client would permit the NFS client to use unprivileged ports.
Bumping this setting also changes the maximum port number used by
other in-kernel RPC services, some of which still required a port
number less than 1023.
This is exacerbated by the way source port numbers are chosen by the
Linux RPC client, which starts at the top of the range and works
downwards. It means that bumping the maximum means all RPC services
requesting a source port will likely get an unprivileged port instead
of a privileged one.
Changing this setting effects all NFS mount points on a client. A
sysadmin could not selectively choose which mount points would use
non-privileged ports and which could not.
Lastly, this mechanism of expanding the limit on the number of NFS
mount points was entirely undocumented.
To address the need for the NFS client to use a large range of source
ports without interfering with the activity of other in-kernel RPC
services, we introduce a new NFS mount option. This option explicitly
tells only the NFS client to use a non-privileged source port when
communicating with the NFS server for one specific mount point.
This new mount option is called "resvport," like the similar NFS mount
option on FreeBSD and Mac OS X. A sister patch for nfs-utils will be
submitted that documents this new option in nfs(5).
The default setting for this new mount option requires the NFS client
to use a privileged port, as before. Explicitly specifying the
"noresvport" mount option allows the NFS client to use an unprivileged
source port for this mount point when connecting to the NFS server
port.
This mount option is supported only for text-based NFS mounts.
[ Sidebar: it is widely known that security mechanisms based on the
use of privileged source ports are ineffective. However, the NFS
client can combine the use of unprivileged ports with the use of
secure authentication mechanisms, such as Kerberos. This allows a
large number of connections and mount points while ensuring a useful
level of security.
Eventually we may change the default setting for this option
depending on the security flavor used for the mount. For example,
if the mount is using only AUTH_SYS, then the default setting will
be "resvport;" if the mount is using a strong security flavor such
as krb5, the default setting will be "noresvport." ]
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com: Fixed a bug whereby nfs4_init_client()
was being called with incorrect arguments.]
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-12-23 20:21:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_resvport, Opt_noresvport,
|
2009-04-03 15:42:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_fscache, Opt_nofscache,
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mount options that take integer arguments */
|
|
|
|
Opt_port,
|
|
|
|
Opt_rsize, Opt_wsize, Opt_bsize,
|
|
|
|
Opt_timeo, Opt_retrans,
|
|
|
|
Opt_acregmin, Opt_acregmax,
|
|
|
|
Opt_acdirmin, Opt_acdirmax,
|
|
|
|
Opt_actimeo,
|
|
|
|
Opt_namelen,
|
|
|
|
Opt_mountport,
|
2007-10-26 17:32:29 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_mountvers,
|
2007-10-26 17:32:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_nfsvers,
|
2009-04-01 13:21:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_minorversion,
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mount options that take string arguments */
|
2007-12-10 19:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_sec, Opt_proto, Opt_mountproto, Opt_mounthost,
|
2007-09-11 22:01:04 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_addr, Opt_mountaddr, Opt_clientaddr,
|
2008-07-15 21:58:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_lookupcache,
|
2009-04-03 15:42:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_fscache_uniq,
|
2010-09-23 12:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_local_lock,
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Special mount options */
|
|
|
|
Opt_userspace, Opt_deprecated, Opt_sloppy,
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_err
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-13 09:46:57 +00:00
|
|
|
static const match_table_t nfs_mount_option_tokens = {
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_userspace, "bg" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_userspace, "fg" },
|
2008-06-12 16:37:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_userspace, "retry=%s" },
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sloppy, "sloppy" },
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_soft, "soft" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_hard, "hard" },
|
2008-06-12 16:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_deprecated, "intr" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_deprecated, "nointr" },
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_posix, "posix" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_noposix, "noposix" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_cto, "cto" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nocto, "nocto" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_ac, "ac" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_noac, "noac" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lock, "lock" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nolock, "nolock" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_v2, "v2" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_v3, "v3" },
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_v4, "v4" },
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_udp, "udp" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_tcp, "tcp" },
|
2007-09-10 17:49:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_rdma, "rdma" },
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_acl, "acl" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_noacl, "noacl" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_rdirplus, "rdirplus" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nordirplus, "nordirplus" },
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sharecache, "sharecache" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nosharecache, "nosharecache" },
|
NFS: add "[no]resvport" mount option
The standard default security setting for NFS is AUTH_SYS. An NFS
client connects to NFS servers via a privileged source port and a
fixed standard destination port (2049). The client sends raw uid and
gid numbers to identify users making NFS requests, and the server
assumes an appropriate authority on the client has vetted these
values because the source port is privileged.
On Linux, by default in-kernel RPC services use a privileged port in
the range between 650 and 1023 to avoid using source ports of well-
known IP services. Using such a small range limits the number of NFS
mount points and the number of unique NFS servers to which a client
can connect concurrently.
An NFS client can use unprivileged source ports to expand the range of
source port numbers, allowing more concurrent server connections and
more NFS mount points. Servers must explicitly allow NFS connections
from unprivileged ports for this to work.
In the past, bumping the value of the sunrpc.max_resvport sysctl on
the client would permit the NFS client to use unprivileged ports.
Bumping this setting also changes the maximum port number used by
other in-kernel RPC services, some of which still required a port
number less than 1023.
This is exacerbated by the way source port numbers are chosen by the
Linux RPC client, which starts at the top of the range and works
downwards. It means that bumping the maximum means all RPC services
requesting a source port will likely get an unprivileged port instead
of a privileged one.
Changing this setting effects all NFS mount points on a client. A
sysadmin could not selectively choose which mount points would use
non-privileged ports and which could not.
Lastly, this mechanism of expanding the limit on the number of NFS
mount points was entirely undocumented.
To address the need for the NFS client to use a large range of source
ports without interfering with the activity of other in-kernel RPC
services, we introduce a new NFS mount option. This option explicitly
tells only the NFS client to use a non-privileged source port when
communicating with the NFS server for one specific mount point.
This new mount option is called "resvport," like the similar NFS mount
option on FreeBSD and Mac OS X. A sister patch for nfs-utils will be
submitted that documents this new option in nfs(5).
The default setting for this new mount option requires the NFS client
to use a privileged port, as before. Explicitly specifying the
"noresvport" mount option allows the NFS client to use an unprivileged
source port for this mount point when connecting to the NFS server
port.
This mount option is supported only for text-based NFS mounts.
[ Sidebar: it is widely known that security mechanisms based on the
use of privileged source ports are ineffective. However, the NFS
client can combine the use of unprivileged ports with the use of
secure authentication mechanisms, such as Kerberos. This allows a
large number of connections and mount points while ensuring a useful
level of security.
Eventually we may change the default setting for this option
depending on the security flavor used for the mount. For example,
if the mount is using only AUTH_SYS, then the default setting will
be "resvport;" if the mount is using a strong security flavor such
as krb5, the default setting will be "noresvport." ]
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com: Fixed a bug whereby nfs4_init_client()
was being called with incorrect arguments.]
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-12-23 20:21:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_resvport, "resvport" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_noresvport, "noresvport" },
|
2009-04-03 15:42:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_fscache, "fsc" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nofscache, "nofsc" },
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_port, "port=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_rsize, "rsize=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_wsize, "wsize=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_bsize, "bsize=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_timeo, "timeo=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_retrans, "retrans=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_acregmin, "acregmin=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_acregmax, "acregmax=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_acdirmin, "acdirmin=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_acdirmax, "acdirmax=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_actimeo, "actimeo=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_namelen, "namlen=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_mountport, "mountport=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_mountvers, "mountvers=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nfsvers, "nfsvers=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nfsvers, "vers=%s" },
|
2009-08-09 19:09:29 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_minorversion, "minorversion=%s" },
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec, "sec=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_proto, "proto=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_mountproto, "mountproto=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_addr, "addr=%s" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_clientaddr, "clientaddr=%s" },
|
2007-12-10 19:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_mounthost, "mounthost=%s" },
|
2007-09-11 22:01:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_mountaddr, "mountaddr=%s" },
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-15 21:58:14 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache, "lookupcache=%s" },
|
2010-05-07 17:33:58 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_fscache_uniq, "fsc=%s" },
|
2010-09-23 12:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_local_lock, "local_lock=%s" },
|
2008-07-15 21:58:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_err, NULL }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Opt_xprt_udp, Opt_xprt_udp6, Opt_xprt_tcp, Opt_xprt_tcp6, Opt_xprt_rdma,
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_xprt_err
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-13 09:46:57 +00:00
|
|
|
static const match_table_t nfs_xprt_protocol_tokens = {
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_udp, "udp" },
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_udp6, "udp6" },
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_tcp, "tcp" },
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_tcp6, "tcp6" },
|
2007-09-10 17:49:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_rdma, "rdma" },
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_err, NULL }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_none, Opt_sec_sys,
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_krb5, Opt_sec_krb5i, Opt_sec_krb5p,
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_lkey, Opt_sec_lkeyi, Opt_sec_lkeyp,
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_spkm, Opt_sec_spkmi, Opt_sec_spkmp,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_err
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-13 09:46:57 +00:00
|
|
|
static const match_table_t nfs_secflavor_tokens = {
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_none, "none" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_none, "null" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_sys, "sys" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_krb5, "krb5" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_krb5i, "krb5i" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_krb5p, "krb5p" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_lkey, "lkey" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_lkeyi, "lkeyi" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_lkeyp, "lkeyp" },
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-13 21:47:06 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_spkm, "spkm3" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_spkmi, "spkm3i" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_spkmp, "spkm3p" },
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_err, NULL }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-15 21:58:14 +00:00
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
|
|
Opt_lookupcache_all, Opt_lookupcache_positive,
|
|
|
|
Opt_lookupcache_none,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_lookupcache_err
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static match_table_t nfs_lookupcache_tokens = {
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_all, "all" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_positive, "pos" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_positive, "positive" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_none, "none" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_err, NULL }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-23 12:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
|
|
Opt_local_lock_all, Opt_local_lock_flock, Opt_local_lock_posix,
|
|
|
|
Opt_local_lock_none,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_local_lock_err
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static match_table_t nfs_local_lock_tokens = {
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_local_lock_all, "all" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_local_lock_flock, "flock" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_local_lock_posix, "posix" },
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_local_lock_none, "none" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_local_lock_err, NULL }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-04-24 11:21:56 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_umount_begin(struct super_block *);
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_statfs(struct dentry *, struct kstatfs *);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_show_options(struct seq_file *, struct vfsmount *);
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_show_stats(struct seq_file *, struct vfsmount *);
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_get_sb(struct file_system_type *, int, const char *, void *, struct vfsmount *);
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct dentry *nfs_xdev_mount(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data);
|
2010-02-03 13:27:35 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_put_super(struct super_block *);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_kill_super(struct super_block *);
|
2008-06-10 19:38:39 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_remount(struct super_block *sb, int *flags, char *raw_data);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct file_system_type nfs_fs_type = {
|
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs",
|
|
|
|
.get_sb = nfs_get_sb,
|
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs_kill_super,
|
2006-09-08 21:22:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct file_system_type nfs_xdev_fs_type = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs",
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.mount = nfs_xdev_mount,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs_kill_super,
|
2006-09-08 21:22:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-12 08:55:41 +00:00
|
|
|
static const struct super_operations nfs_sops = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.alloc_inode = nfs_alloc_inode,
|
|
|
|
.destroy_inode = nfs_destroy_inode,
|
|
|
|
.write_inode = nfs_write_inode,
|
2010-02-03 13:27:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.put_super = nfs_put_super,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.statfs = nfs_statfs,
|
2010-06-07 18:34:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.evict_inode = nfs_evict_inode,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.umount_begin = nfs_umount_begin,
|
|
|
|
.show_options = nfs_show_options,
|
|
|
|
.show_stats = nfs_show_stats,
|
2008-06-10 19:38:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.remount_fs = nfs_remount,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
2009-09-08 23:49:57 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_validate_text_mount_data(void *options,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args, const char *dev_name);
|
2009-09-08 23:50:00 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_try_mount(int flags, const char *dev_name,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data, struct vfsmount *mnt);
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt);
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct dentry *nfs4_remote_mount(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data);
|
|
|
|
static struct dentry *nfs4_xdev_mount(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_referral_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt);
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct dentry *nfs4_remote_referral_mount(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs4_kill_super(struct super_block *sb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct file_system_type nfs4_fs_type = {
|
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs4",
|
|
|
|
.get_sb = nfs4_get_sb,
|
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs4_kill_super,
|
2006-09-08 21:22:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct file_system_type nfs4_remote_fs_type = {
|
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs4",
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.mount = nfs4_remote_mount,
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs4_kill_super,
|
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct file_system_type nfs4_xdev_fs_type = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs4",
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.mount = nfs4_xdev_mount,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs4_kill_super,
|
2006-09-08 21:22:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct file_system_type nfs4_remote_referral_fs_type = {
|
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs4",
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.mount = nfs4_remote_referral_mount,
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs4_kill_super,
|
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct file_system_type nfs4_referral_fs_type = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs4",
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.get_sb = nfs4_referral_get_sb,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs4_kill_super,
|
2006-09-08 21:22:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-12 08:55:41 +00:00
|
|
|
static const struct super_operations nfs4_sops = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.alloc_inode = nfs_alloc_inode,
|
|
|
|
.destroy_inode = nfs_destroy_inode,
|
|
|
|
.write_inode = nfs_write_inode,
|
2010-02-03 13:27:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.put_super = nfs_put_super,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.statfs = nfs_statfs,
|
2010-06-07 18:34:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.evict_inode = nfs4_evict_inode,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.umount_begin = nfs_umount_begin,
|
|
|
|
.show_options = nfs_show_options,
|
|
|
|
.show_stats = nfs_show_stats,
|
2008-06-10 19:38:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.remount_fs = nfs_remount,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-17 11:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct shrinker acl_shrinker = {
|
|
|
|
.shrink = nfs_access_cache_shrinker,
|
|
|
|
.seeks = DEFAULT_SEEKS,
|
|
|
|
};
|
2006-07-25 15:28:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Register the NFS filesystems
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int __init register_nfs_fs(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = register_filesystem(&nfs_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = nfs_register_sysctl();
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_1;
|
2007-03-16 21:38:26 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
ret = register_filesystem(&nfs4_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto error_2;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2007-07-17 11:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
register_shrinker(&acl_shrinker);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
error_2:
|
|
|
|
nfs_unregister_sysctl();
|
2007-03-16 21:38:26 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
error_1:
|
|
|
|
unregister_filesystem(&nfs_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
error_0:
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Unregister the NFS filesystems
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void __exit unregister_nfs_fs(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-07-17 11:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
unregister_shrinker(&acl_shrinker);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
unregister_filesystem(&nfs4_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2007-09-19 05:46:40 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_unregister_sysctl();
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
unregister_filesystem(&nfs_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-27 22:19:01 +00:00
|
|
|
void nfs_sb_active(struct super_block *sb)
|
2007-11-08 09:05:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-07-27 22:19:01 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2007-11-08 09:05:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-27 22:19:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (atomic_inc_return(&server->active) == 1)
|
|
|
|
atomic_inc(&sb->s_active);
|
2007-11-08 09:05:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-27 22:19:01 +00:00
|
|
|
void nfs_sb_deactive(struct super_block *sb)
|
2007-11-08 09:05:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2008-07-27 22:19:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&server->active))
|
|
|
|
deactivate_super(sb);
|
2007-11-08 09:05:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Deliver file system statistics to userspace
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_statfs(struct dentry *dentry, struct kstatfs *buf)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2006-08-23 00:06:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(dentry->d_sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned char blockbits;
|
|
|
|
unsigned long blockres;
|
2006-08-23 00:06:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *fh = NFS_FH(dentry->d_inode);
|
2010-04-16 20:22:52 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fsstat res;
|
|
|
|
int error = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res.fattr = nfs_alloc_fattr();
|
|
|
|
if (res.fattr == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_err;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 00:06:12 +00:00
|
|
|
error = server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->statfs(server, fh, &res);
|
2010-09-12 23:55:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (unlikely(error == -ESTALE)) {
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *pd_dentry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pd_dentry = dget_parent(dentry);
|
|
|
|
if (pd_dentry != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
nfs_zap_caches(pd_dentry->d_inode);
|
|
|
|
dput(pd_dentry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-16 20:22:52 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fattr(res.fattr);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_err;
|
2010-04-16 20:22:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-04-10 05:05:26 +00:00
|
|
|
buf->f_type = NFS_SUPER_MAGIC;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Current versions of glibc do not correctly handle the
|
|
|
|
* case where f_frsize != f_bsize. Eventually we want to
|
|
|
|
* report the value of wtmult in this field.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-08-23 00:06:10 +00:00
|
|
|
buf->f_frsize = dentry->d_sb->s_blocksize;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* On most *nix systems, f_blocks, f_bfree, and f_bavail
|
|
|
|
* are reported in units of f_frsize. Linux hasn't had
|
|
|
|
* an f_frsize field in its statfs struct until recently,
|
|
|
|
* thus historically Linux's sys_statfs reports these
|
|
|
|
* fields in units of f_bsize.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-08-23 00:06:10 +00:00
|
|
|
buf->f_bsize = dentry->d_sb->s_blocksize;
|
|
|
|
blockbits = dentry->d_sb->s_blocksize_bits;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
blockres = (1 << blockbits) - 1;
|
|
|
|
buf->f_blocks = (res.tbytes + blockres) >> blockbits;
|
|
|
|
buf->f_bfree = (res.fbytes + blockres) >> blockbits;
|
|
|
|
buf->f_bavail = (res.abytes + blockres) >> blockbits;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
buf->f_files = res.tfiles;
|
|
|
|
buf->f_ffree = res.afiles;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
buf->f_namelen = server->namelen;
|
2007-04-10 05:05:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_err:
|
2008-05-02 20:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("%s: statfs error = %d\n", __func__, -error);
|
2007-04-10 05:05:26 +00:00
|
|
|
return error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 00:06:07 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Map the security flavour number to a name
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-06-09 13:34:34 +00:00
|
|
|
static const char *nfs_pseudoflavour_to_name(rpc_authflavor_t flavour)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2006-08-23 00:06:07 +00:00
|
|
|
static const struct {
|
2006-06-09 13:34:34 +00:00
|
|
|
rpc_authflavor_t flavour;
|
|
|
|
const char *str;
|
|
|
|
} sec_flavours[] = {
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_NULL, "null" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_UNIX, "sys" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5, "krb5" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5I, "krb5i" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5P, "krb5p" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEY, "lkey" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEYI, "lkeyi" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEYP, "lkeyp" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKM, "spkm" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKMI, "spkmi" },
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKMP, "spkmp" },
|
2007-07-01 16:12:40 +00:00
|
|
|
{ UINT_MAX, "unknown" }
|
2006-06-09 13:34:34 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:12:40 +00:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; sec_flavours[i].flavour != UINT_MAX; i++) {
|
2006-06-09 13:34:34 +00:00
|
|
|
if (sec_flavours[i].flavour == flavour)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sec_flavours[i].str;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_show_mountd_netid(struct seq_file *m, struct nfs_server *nfss,
|
|
|
|
int showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap = (struct sockaddr *) &nfss->mountd_address;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountproto=");
|
|
|
|
switch (sap->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET:
|
|
|
|
switch (nfss->mountd_protocol) {
|
|
|
|
case IPPROTO_UDP:
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, RPCBIND_NETID_UDP);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IPPROTO_TCP:
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, RPCBIND_NETID_TCP);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
if (showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "auto");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6:
|
|
|
|
switch (nfss->mountd_protocol) {
|
|
|
|
case IPPROTO_UDP:
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, RPCBIND_NETID_UDP6);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case IPPROTO_TCP:
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, RPCBIND_NETID_TCP6);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
if (showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "auto");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
if (showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "auto");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_show_mountd_options(struct seq_file *m, struct nfs_server *nfss,
|
|
|
|
int showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap = (struct sockaddr *)&nfss->mountd_address;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-03 17:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LEGACY_INTERFACE)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (sap->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET: {
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sap;
|
2008-10-31 07:56:28 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountaddr=%pI4", &sin->sin_addr.s_addr);
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6: {
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sap;
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountaddr=%pI6c", &sin6->sin6_addr);
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
if (showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountaddr=unspecified");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->mountd_version || showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountvers=%u", nfss->mountd_version);
|
2010-12-08 09:40:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((nfss->mountd_port &&
|
|
|
|
nfss->mountd_port != (unsigned short)NFS_UNSPEC_PORT) ||
|
|
|
|
showdefaults)
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountport=%u", nfss->mountd_port);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_show_mountd_netid(m, nfss, showdefaults);
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-18 16:23:58 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_show_nfsv4_options(struct seq_file *m, struct nfs_server *nfss,
|
|
|
|
int showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp = nfss->nfs_client;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",clientaddr=%s", clp->cl_ipaddr);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",minorversion=%u", clp->cl_minorversion);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_show_nfsv4_options(struct seq_file *m, struct nfs_server *nfss,
|
|
|
|
int showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Describe the mount options in force on this server representation
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_show_mount_options(struct seq_file *m, struct nfs_server *nfss,
|
|
|
|
int showdefaults)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2006-08-23 00:06:11 +00:00
|
|
|
static const struct proc_nfs_info {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
int flag;
|
2006-08-23 00:06:11 +00:00
|
|
|
const char *str;
|
|
|
|
const char *nostr;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} nfs_info[] = {
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_SOFT, ",soft", ",hard" },
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_POSIX, ",posix", "" },
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NOCTO, ",nocto", "" },
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NOAC, ",noac", "" },
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NONLM, ",nolock", "" },
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NOACL, ",noacl", "" },
|
2007-04-14 21:01:15 +00:00
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS, ",nordirplus", "" },
|
NFS: add "[no]resvport" mount option
The standard default security setting for NFS is AUTH_SYS. An NFS
client connects to NFS servers via a privileged source port and a
fixed standard destination port (2049). The client sends raw uid and
gid numbers to identify users making NFS requests, and the server
assumes an appropriate authority on the client has vetted these
values because the source port is privileged.
On Linux, by default in-kernel RPC services use a privileged port in
the range between 650 and 1023 to avoid using source ports of well-
known IP services. Using such a small range limits the number of NFS
mount points and the number of unique NFS servers to which a client
can connect concurrently.
An NFS client can use unprivileged source ports to expand the range of
source port numbers, allowing more concurrent server connections and
more NFS mount points. Servers must explicitly allow NFS connections
from unprivileged ports for this to work.
In the past, bumping the value of the sunrpc.max_resvport sysctl on
the client would permit the NFS client to use unprivileged ports.
Bumping this setting also changes the maximum port number used by
other in-kernel RPC services, some of which still required a port
number less than 1023.
This is exacerbated by the way source port numbers are chosen by the
Linux RPC client, which starts at the top of the range and works
downwards. It means that bumping the maximum means all RPC services
requesting a source port will likely get an unprivileged port instead
of a privileged one.
Changing this setting effects all NFS mount points on a client. A
sysadmin could not selectively choose which mount points would use
non-privileged ports and which could not.
Lastly, this mechanism of expanding the limit on the number of NFS
mount points was entirely undocumented.
To address the need for the NFS client to use a large range of source
ports without interfering with the activity of other in-kernel RPC
services, we introduce a new NFS mount option. This option explicitly
tells only the NFS client to use a non-privileged source port when
communicating with the NFS server for one specific mount point.
This new mount option is called "resvport," like the similar NFS mount
option on FreeBSD and Mac OS X. A sister patch for nfs-utils will be
submitted that documents this new option in nfs(5).
The default setting for this new mount option requires the NFS client
to use a privileged port, as before. Explicitly specifying the
"noresvport" mount option allows the NFS client to use an unprivileged
source port for this mount point when connecting to the NFS server
port.
This mount option is supported only for text-based NFS mounts.
[ Sidebar: it is widely known that security mechanisms based on the
use of privileged source ports are ineffective. However, the NFS
client can combine the use of unprivileged ports with the use of
secure authentication mechanisms, such as Kerberos. This allows a
large number of connections and mount points while ensuring a useful
level of security.
Eventually we may change the default setting for this option
depending on the security flavor used for the mount. For example,
if the mount is using only AUTH_SYS, then the default setting will
be "resvport;" if the mount is using a strong security flavor such
as krb5, the default setting will be "noresvport." ]
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com: Fixed a bug whereby nfs4_init_client()
was being called with incorrect arguments.]
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-12-23 20:21:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED, ",nosharecache", "" },
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NORESVPORT, ",noresvport", "" },
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{ 0, NULL, NULL }
|
|
|
|
};
|
2006-08-23 00:06:11 +00:00
|
|
|
const struct proc_nfs_info *nfs_infop;
|
2006-08-23 00:06:12 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp = nfss->nfs_client;
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
u32 version = clp->rpc_ops->version;
|
2010-09-23 18:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int local_flock, local_fcntl;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",vers=%u", version);
|
2008-03-14 18:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",rsize=%u", nfss->rsize);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",wsize=%u", nfss->wsize);
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->bsize != 0)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",bsize=%u", nfss->bsize);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",namlen=%u", nfss->namelen);
|
2008-06-26 21:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->acregmin != NFS_DEF_ACREGMIN*HZ || showdefaults)
|
2008-03-14 18:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acregmin=%u", nfss->acregmin/HZ);
|
2008-06-26 21:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->acregmax != NFS_DEF_ACREGMAX*HZ || showdefaults)
|
2008-03-14 18:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acregmax=%u", nfss->acregmax/HZ);
|
2008-06-26 21:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->acdirmin != NFS_DEF_ACDIRMIN*HZ || showdefaults)
|
2008-03-14 18:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acdirmin=%u", nfss->acdirmin/HZ);
|
2008-06-26 21:47:12 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->acdirmax != NFS_DEF_ACDIRMAX*HZ || showdefaults)
|
2008-03-14 18:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acdirmax=%u", nfss->acdirmax/HZ);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
for (nfs_infop = nfs_info; nfs_infop->flag; nfs_infop++) {
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->flags & nfs_infop->flag)
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, nfs_infop->str);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, nfs_infop->nostr);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-09-10 17:48:47 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",proto=%s",
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
rpc_peeraddr2str(nfss->client, RPC_DISPLAY_NETID));
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (version == 4) {
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->port != NFS_PORT)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",port=%u", nfss->port);
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->port)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",port=%u", nfss->port);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-20 21:03:59 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",timeo=%lu", 10U * nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_initval / HZ);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",retrans=%u", nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_retries);
|
2006-06-09 13:34:34 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",sec=%s", nfs_pseudoflavour_to_name(nfss->client->cl_auth->au_flavor));
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (version != 4)
|
|
|
|
nfs_show_mountd_options(m, nfss, showdefaults);
|
2010-06-18 16:23:58 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
nfs_show_nfsv4_options(m, nfss, showdefaults);
|
2008-03-14 18:10:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-03 15:42:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->options & NFS_OPTION_FSCACHE)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",fsc");
|
2010-08-10 21:28:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONEG) {
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONE)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",lookupcache=none");
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",lookupcache=pos");
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-09-23 18:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
local_flock = nfss->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK;
|
|
|
|
local_fcntl = nfss->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!local_flock && !local_fcntl)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",local_lock=none");
|
|
|
|
else if (local_flock && local_fcntl)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",local_lock=all");
|
|
|
|
else if (local_flock)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",local_lock=flock");
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",local_lock=posix");
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Describe the mount options on this VFS mountpoint
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_show_options(struct seq_file *m, struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfss = NFS_SB(mnt->mnt_sb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_show_mount_options(m, nfss, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-10 19:57:16 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",addr=%s",
|
|
|
|
rpc_peeraddr2str(nfss->nfs_client->cl_rpcclient,
|
|
|
|
RPC_DISPLAY_ADDR));
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Present statistical information for this VFS mountpoint
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_show_stats(struct seq_file *m, struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i, cpu;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfss = NFS_SB(mnt->mnt_sb);
|
|
|
|
struct rpc_auth *auth = nfss->client->cl_auth;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_iostats totals = { };
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "statvers=%s", NFS_IOSTAT_VERS);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Display all mount option settings
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\topts:\t");
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_RDONLY ? "ro" : "rw");
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_SYNCHRONOUS ? ",sync" : "");
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_NOATIME ? ",noatime" : "");
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_NODIRATIME ? ",nodiratime" : "");
|
|
|
|
nfs_show_mount_options(m, nfss, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tage:\t%lu", (jiffies - nfss->mount_time) / HZ);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tcaps:\t");
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "caps=0x%x", nfss->caps);
|
2008-03-14 18:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",wtmult=%u", nfss->wtmult);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",dtsize=%u", nfss->dtsize);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",bsize=%u", nfss->bsize);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",namlen=%u", nfss->namelen);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
2007-12-14 19:56:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->nfs_client->rpc_ops->version == 4) {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tnfsv4:\t");
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "bm0=0x%x", nfss->attr_bitmask[0]);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",bm1=0x%x", nfss->attr_bitmask[1]);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acl=0x%x", nfss->acl_bitmask);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Display security flavor in effect for this mount
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-14 18:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tsec:\tflavor=%u", auth->au_ops->au_flavor);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (auth->au_flavor)
|
2008-03-14 18:10:08 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",pseudoflavor=%u", auth->au_flavor);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Display superblock I/O counters
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_iostats *stats;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
preempt_disable();
|
|
|
|
stats = per_cpu_ptr(nfss->io_stats, cpu);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_COUNTSMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
totals.events[i] += stats->events[i];
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_BYTESMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
totals.bytes[i] += stats->bytes[i];
|
2009-04-03 15:42:43 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_FSCACHE
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_FSCACHEMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
totals.fscache[i] += stats->fscache[i];
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
preempt_enable();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tevents:\t");
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_COUNTSMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "%lu ", totals.events[i]);
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tbytes:\t");
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_BYTESMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "%Lu ", totals.bytes[i]);
|
2009-04-03 15:42:43 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_FSCACHE
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->options & NFS_OPTION_FSCACHE) {
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tfsc:\t");
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_FSCACHEMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "%Lu ", totals.bytes[i]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpc_print_iostats(m, nfss->client);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Begin unmount by attempting to remove all automounted mountpoints we added
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* in response to xdev traversals and referrals
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-04-24 11:21:56 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_umount_begin(struct super_block *sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2009-04-24 07:06:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
2007-06-05 23:13:47 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rpc_clnt *rpc;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-24 07:06:53 +00:00
|
|
|
server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2007-06-05 23:13:47 +00:00
|
|
|
/* -EIO all pending I/O */
|
|
|
|
rpc = server->client_acl;
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(rpc))
|
|
|
|
rpc_killall_tasks(rpc);
|
|
|
|
rpc = server->client;
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(rpc))
|
|
|
|
rpc_killall_tasks(rpc);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-10-06 19:40:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *nfs_alloc_parsed_mount_data(unsigned int version)
|
2009-09-23 18:36:38 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
data = kzalloc(sizeof(*data), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (data) {
|
|
|
|
data->acregmin = NFS_DEF_ACREGMIN;
|
|
|
|
data->acregmax = NFS_DEF_ACREGMAX;
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmin = NFS_DEF_ACDIRMIN;
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmax = NFS_DEF_ACDIRMAX;
|
2009-10-06 19:40:15 +00:00
|
|
|
data->mount_server.port = NFS_UNSPEC_PORT;
|
2009-09-23 18:36:38 +00:00
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.port = NFS_UNSPEC_PORT;
|
2009-10-06 19:40:15 +00:00
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
2009-09-23 18:36:38 +00:00
|
|
|
data->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_UNIX;
|
|
|
|
data->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
2009-10-06 19:40:15 +00:00
|
|
|
data->version = version;
|
2009-09-23 18:36:38 +00:00
|
|
|
data->minorversion = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return data;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:12:46 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-12-10 19:57:45 +00:00
|
|
|
* Sanity-check a server address provided by the mount command.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Address family must be initialized, and address must not be
|
|
|
|
* the ANY address for that family.
|
2007-07-01 16:12:46 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_verify_server_address(struct sockaddr *addr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
switch (addr->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET: {
|
2007-12-10 19:57:45 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *sa = (struct sockaddr_in *)addr;
|
2008-03-18 05:44:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return sa->sin_addr.s_addr != htonl(INADDR_ANY);
|
2007-12-10 19:57:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6: {
|
|
|
|
struct in6_addr *sa = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_addr;
|
|
|
|
return !ipv6_addr_any(sa);
|
2007-07-01 16:12:46 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-09 19:09:36 +00:00
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: Invalid IP address specified\n");
|
2007-07-01 16:12:46 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Select between a default port value and a user-specified port value.
|
|
|
|
* If a zero value is set, then autobind will be used.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2009-10-06 19:40:37 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_set_port(struct sockaddr *sap, int *port,
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
const unsigned short default_port)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2009-10-06 19:40:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (*port == NFS_UNSPEC_PORT)
|
|
|
|
*port = default_port;
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-10-06 19:40:37 +00:00
|
|
|
rpc_set_port(sap, *port);
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-02 18:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Sanity check the NFS transport protocol.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_validate_transport_protocol(struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *mnt)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
switch (mnt->nfs_server.protocol) {
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP:
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP:
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA:
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* For text based NFSv2/v3 mounts, the mount protocol transport default
|
|
|
|
* settings should depend upon the specified NFS transport.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_set_mount_transport_protocol(struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *mnt)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
nfs_validate_transport_protocol(mnt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mnt->mount_server.protocol == XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP ||
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol == XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
switch (mnt->nfs_server.protocol) {
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP:
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP:
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA:
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 20:33:38 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Parse the value of the 'sec=' option.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_security_flavors(char *value,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *mnt)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
substring_t args[MAX_OPT_ARGS];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: parsing sec=%s option\n", value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (match_token(value, nfs_secflavor_tokens, args)) {
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_none:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_NULL;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_sys:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_UNIX;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_krb5:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_krb5i:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5I;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_krb5p:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5P;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_lkey:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEY;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_lkeyi:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEYI;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_lkeyp:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEYP;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_spkm:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKM;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_spkmi:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKMI;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_spkmp:
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKMP;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-09 19:09:31 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
2008-06-24 20:33:38 +00:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Error-check and convert a string of mount options from user space into
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
* a data structure. The whole mount string is processed; bad options are
|
|
|
|
* skipped as they are encountered. If there were no errors, return 1;
|
|
|
|
* otherwise return 0 (zero).
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_mount_options(char *raw,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *mnt)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
char *p, *string, *secdata;
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
int rc, sloppy = 0, invalid_option = 0;
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned short protofamily = AF_UNSPEC;
|
|
|
|
unsigned short mountfamily = AF_UNSPEC;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!raw) {
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: mount options string was NULL.\n");
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: nfs mount opts='%s'\n", raw);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
secdata = alloc_secdata();
|
|
|
|
if (!secdata)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rc = security_sb_copy_data(raw, secdata);
|
|
|
|
if (rc)
|
|
|
|
goto out_security_failure;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rc = security_sb_parse_opts_str(secdata, &mnt->lsm_opts);
|
|
|
|
if (rc)
|
|
|
|
goto out_security_failure;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
free_secdata(secdata);
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
while ((p = strsep(&raw, ",")) != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
substring_t args[MAX_OPT_ARGS];
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned long option;
|
|
|
|
int token;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!*p)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: parsing nfs mount option '%s'\n", p);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
token = match_token(p, nfs_mount_option_tokens, args);
|
|
|
|
switch (token) {
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* boolean options: foo/nofoo
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_soft:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_SOFT;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_hard:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_SOFT;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_posix:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_POSIX;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_noposix:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_POSIX;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_cto:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NOCTO;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nocto:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NOCTO;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_ac:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NOAC;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_noac:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NOAC;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_lock:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NONLM;
|
2010-09-23 12:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~(NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK |
|
|
|
|
NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nolock:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NONLM;
|
2010-09-23 12:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= (NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK |
|
|
|
|
NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_v2:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->version = 2;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_v3:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->version = 3;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_v4:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
|
|
|
mnt->version = 4;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_udp:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
2007-09-10 17:48:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_tcp:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
2007-09-10 17:48:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-10 17:49:41 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_rdma:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_TCP; /* for side protocols */
|
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA;
|
2009-03-11 18:37:56 +00:00
|
|
|
xprt_load_transport(p);
|
2007-09-10 17:49:41 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_acl:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NOACL;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_noacl:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NOACL;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_rdirplus:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nordirplus:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_sharecache:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nosharecache:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
NFS: add "[no]resvport" mount option
The standard default security setting for NFS is AUTH_SYS. An NFS
client connects to NFS servers via a privileged source port and a
fixed standard destination port (2049). The client sends raw uid and
gid numbers to identify users making NFS requests, and the server
assumes an appropriate authority on the client has vetted these
values because the source port is privileged.
On Linux, by default in-kernel RPC services use a privileged port in
the range between 650 and 1023 to avoid using source ports of well-
known IP services. Using such a small range limits the number of NFS
mount points and the number of unique NFS servers to which a client
can connect concurrently.
An NFS client can use unprivileged source ports to expand the range of
source port numbers, allowing more concurrent server connections and
more NFS mount points. Servers must explicitly allow NFS connections
from unprivileged ports for this to work.
In the past, bumping the value of the sunrpc.max_resvport sysctl on
the client would permit the NFS client to use unprivileged ports.
Bumping this setting also changes the maximum port number used by
other in-kernel RPC services, some of which still required a port
number less than 1023.
This is exacerbated by the way source port numbers are chosen by the
Linux RPC client, which starts at the top of the range and works
downwards. It means that bumping the maximum means all RPC services
requesting a source port will likely get an unprivileged port instead
of a privileged one.
Changing this setting effects all NFS mount points on a client. A
sysadmin could not selectively choose which mount points would use
non-privileged ports and which could not.
Lastly, this mechanism of expanding the limit on the number of NFS
mount points was entirely undocumented.
To address the need for the NFS client to use a large range of source
ports without interfering with the activity of other in-kernel RPC
services, we introduce a new NFS mount option. This option explicitly
tells only the NFS client to use a non-privileged source port when
communicating with the NFS server for one specific mount point.
This new mount option is called "resvport," like the similar NFS mount
option on FreeBSD and Mac OS X. A sister patch for nfs-utils will be
submitted that documents this new option in nfs(5).
The default setting for this new mount option requires the NFS client
to use a privileged port, as before. Explicitly specifying the
"noresvport" mount option allows the NFS client to use an unprivileged
source port for this mount point when connecting to the NFS server
port.
This mount option is supported only for text-based NFS mounts.
[ Sidebar: it is widely known that security mechanisms based on the
use of privileged source ports are ineffective. However, the NFS
client can combine the use of unprivileged ports with the use of
secure authentication mechanisms, such as Kerberos. This allows a
large number of connections and mount points while ensuring a useful
level of security.
Eventually we may change the default setting for this option
depending on the security flavor used for the mount. For example,
if the mount is using only AUTH_SYS, then the default setting will
be "resvport;" if the mount is using a strong security flavor such
as krb5, the default setting will be "noresvport." ]
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com: Fixed a bug whereby nfs4_init_client()
was being called with incorrect arguments.]
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-12-23 20:21:37 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_resvport:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NORESVPORT;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_noresvport:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NORESVPORT;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2009-04-03 15:42:48 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_fscache:
|
|
|
|
mnt->options |= NFS_OPTION_FSCACHE;
|
|
|
|
kfree(mnt->fscache_uniq);
|
|
|
|
mnt->fscache_uniq = NULL;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nofscache:
|
|
|
|
mnt->options &= ~NFS_OPTION_FSCACHE;
|
|
|
|
kfree(mnt->fscache_uniq);
|
|
|
|
mnt->fscache_uniq = NULL;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* options that take numeric values
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_port:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
2010-05-24 21:33:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rc != 0 || option > USHRT_MAX)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.port = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_rsize:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->rsize = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_wsize:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->wsize = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_bsize:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->bsize = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_timeo:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0 || option == 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->timeo = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_retrans:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0 || option == 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->retrans = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_acregmin:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->acregmin = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_acregmax:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->acregmax = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_acdirmin:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->acdirmin = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_acdirmax:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->acdirmax = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_actimeo:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->acregmin = mnt->acregmax =
|
|
|
|
mnt->acdirmin = mnt->acdirmax = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_namelen:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->namlen = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_mountport:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
2010-05-24 21:33:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rc != 0 || option > USHRT_MAX)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.port = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_mountvers:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0 ||
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
option < NFS_MNT_VERSION ||
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
option > NFS_MNT3_VERSION)
|
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.version = option;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nfsvers:
|
NFS: More "sloppy" parsing problems
Specifying "port=-5" with the kernel's current mount option parser
generates "unrecognized mount option". If "sloppy" is set, this
causes the mount to succeed and use the default values; the desired
behavior is that, since this is a valid option with an invalid value,
the mount should fail, even with "sloppy."
To properly handle "sloppy" parsing, we need to distinguish between
correct options with invalid values, and incorrect options. We will
need to parse integer values by hand, therefore, and not rely on
match_token().
For instance, these must all fail with "invalid value":
port=12345678
port=-5
port=samuel
and not with "unrecognized option," as they do currently.
Thus, for the sake of match_token() we need to treat the values for
these options as strings, and do the conversion to integers using
strict_strtol().
This is basically the same solution we used for the earlier "retry="
fix (commit ecbb3845), except in this case the kernel actually has to
parse the value, rather than ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-06-18 01:02:14 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (option) {
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
case NFS2_VERSION:
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->version = 2;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
case NFS3_VERSION:
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->version = 3;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NFS4_VERSION:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
|
|
|
mnt->version = 4;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2009-04-01 13:21:48 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_minorversion:
|
2009-08-09 19:09:29 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
rc = strict_strtoul(string, 10, &option);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
if (rc != 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
if (option > NFS4_MAX_MINOR_VERSION)
|
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_value;
|
|
|
|
mnt->minorversion = option;
|
2009-04-01 13:21:48 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* options that take text values
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_sec:
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-06-24 20:33:38 +00:00
|
|
|
rc = nfs_parse_security_flavors(string, mnt);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!rc) {
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unrecognized "
|
|
|
|
"security flavor\n");
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_proto:
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
token = match_token(string,
|
|
|
|
nfs_xprt_protocol_tokens, args);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
protofamily = AF_INET;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (token) {
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_udp6:
|
|
|
|
protofamily = AF_INET6;
|
2007-08-29 21:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_udp:
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
2007-09-10 17:48:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_tcp6:
|
|
|
|
protofamily = AF_INET6;
|
2007-08-29 21:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_tcp:
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
2007-09-10 17:48:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-10 17:49:41 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_rdma:
|
|
|
|
/* vector side protocols to TCP */
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA;
|
2009-03-11 18:37:56 +00:00
|
|
|
xprt_load_transport(string);
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
2007-09-10 17:49:41 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unrecognized "
|
|
|
|
"transport protocol\n");
|
2009-10-20 05:13:46 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_mountproto:
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
token = match_token(string,
|
|
|
|
nfs_xprt_protocol_tokens, args);
|
2009-04-06 23:41:35 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
mountfamily = AF_INET;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (token) {
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_udp6:
|
|
|
|
mountfamily = AF_INET6;
|
2007-08-29 21:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_udp:
|
2007-09-10 17:48:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_tcp6:
|
|
|
|
mountfamily = AF_INET6;
|
2007-08-29 21:58:57 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_tcp:
|
2007-09-10 17:48:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-10 17:49:41 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_rdma: /* not used for side protocols */
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unrecognized "
|
|
|
|
"transport protocol\n");
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_addr:
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2009-08-09 19:09:36 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.addrlen =
|
|
|
|
rpc_pton(string, strlen(string),
|
|
|
|
(struct sockaddr *)
|
|
|
|
&mnt->nfs_server.address,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(mnt->nfs_server.address));
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
2009-08-09 19:09:36 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mnt->nfs_server.addrlen == 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_address;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_clientaddr:
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-01-16 21:38:10 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(mnt->client_address);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->client_address = string;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-12-10 19:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_mounthost:
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-01-16 21:38:10 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(mnt->mount_server.hostname);
|
2007-12-10 19:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.hostname = string;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-11 22:01:04 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_mountaddr:
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2009-08-09 19:09:36 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.addrlen =
|
|
|
|
rpc_pton(string, strlen(string),
|
|
|
|
(struct sockaddr *)
|
|
|
|
&mnt->mount_server.address,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(mnt->mount_server.address));
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
2009-08-09 19:09:36 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mnt->mount_server.addrlen == 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_address;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2008-07-15 21:58:14 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_lookupcache:
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
token = match_token(string,
|
|
|
|
nfs_lookupcache_tokens, args);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
switch (token) {
|
|
|
|
case Opt_lookupcache_all:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~(NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONEG|NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONE);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_lookupcache_positive:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONE;
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONEG;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_lookupcache_none:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONEG|NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: invalid "
|
|
|
|
"lookupcache argument\n");
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2008-07-15 21:58:14 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-05-07 17:33:58 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_fscache_uniq:
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
kfree(mnt->fscache_uniq);
|
|
|
|
mnt->fscache_uniq = string;
|
|
|
|
mnt->options |= NFS_OPTION_FSCACHE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-09-23 12:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_local_lock:
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
token = match_token(string, nfs_local_lock_tokens,
|
|
|
|
args);
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
switch (token) {
|
|
|
|
case Opt_local_lock_all:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= (NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK |
|
|
|
|
NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_local_lock_flock:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_local_lock_posix:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Opt_local_lock_none:
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~(NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK |
|
|
|
|
NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: invalid "
|
|
|
|
"local_lock argument\n");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Special options
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sloppy:
|
|
|
|
sloppy = 1;
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: relaxing parsing rules\n");
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
case Opt_userspace:
|
|
|
|
case Opt_deprecated:
|
2008-06-12 16:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: ignoring mount option "
|
|
|
|
"'%s'\n", p);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
invalid_option = 1;
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-24 23:28:02 +00:00
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unrecognized mount option "
|
|
|
|
"'%s'\n", p);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!sloppy && invalid_option)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* verify that any proto=/mountproto= options match the address
|
|
|
|
* familiies in the addr=/mountaddr= options.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (protofamily != AF_UNSPEC &&
|
|
|
|
protofamily != mnt->nfs_server.address.ss_family)
|
|
|
|
goto out_proto_mismatch;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mountfamily != AF_UNSPEC) {
|
|
|
|
if (mnt->mount_server.addrlen) {
|
|
|
|
if (mountfamily != mnt->mount_server.address.ss_family)
|
|
|
|
goto out_mountproto_mismatch;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if (mountfamily != mnt->nfs_server.address.ss_family)
|
|
|
|
goto out_mountproto_mismatch;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-03 20:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
out_mountproto_mismatch:
|
|
|
|
printk(KERN_INFO "NFS: mount server address does not match mountproto= "
|
|
|
|
"option\n");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
out_proto_mismatch:
|
|
|
|
printk(KERN_INFO "NFS: server address does not match proto= option\n");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2009-08-09 19:09:36 +00:00
|
|
|
out_invalid_address:
|
|
|
|
printk(KERN_INFO "NFS: bad IP address specified: %s\n", p);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
out_invalid_value:
|
2009-08-09 19:09:36 +00:00
|
|
|
printk(KERN_INFO "NFS: bad mount option value specified: %s\n", p);
|
2009-06-18 01:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
out_nomem:
|
|
|
|
printk(KERN_INFO "NFS: not enough memory to parse option\n");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
out_security_failure:
|
|
|
|
free_secdata(secdata);
|
|
|
|
printk(KERN_INFO "NFS: security options invalid: %d\n", rc);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-09 19:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Match the requested auth flavors with the list returned by
|
|
|
|
* the server. Returns zero and sets the mount's authentication
|
|
|
|
* flavor on success; returns -EACCES if server does not support
|
|
|
|
* the requested flavor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_walk_authlist(struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_mount_request *request)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
unsigned int i, j, server_authlist_len = *(request->auth_flav_len);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-21 21:50:30 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Certain releases of Linux's mountd return an empty
|
|
|
|
* flavor list. To prevent behavioral regression with
|
|
|
|
* these servers (ie. rejecting mounts that used to
|
|
|
|
* succeed), revert to pre-2.6.32 behavior (no checking)
|
|
|
|
* if the returned flavor list is empty.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (server_authlist_len == 0)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-09 19:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We avoid sophisticated negotiating here, as there are
|
|
|
|
* plenty of cases where we can get it wrong, providing
|
|
|
|
* either too little or too much security.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* RFC 2623, section 2.7 suggests we SHOULD prefer the
|
|
|
|
* flavor listed first. However, some servers list
|
|
|
|
* AUTH_NULL first. Our caller plants AUTH_SYS, the
|
|
|
|
* preferred default, in args->auth_flavors[0] if user
|
|
|
|
* didn't specify sec= mount option.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < args->auth_flavor_len; i++)
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < server_authlist_len; j++)
|
|
|
|
if (args->auth_flavors[i] == request->auth_flavs[j]) {
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: using auth flavor %d\n",
|
|
|
|
request->auth_flavs[j]);
|
|
|
|
args->auth_flavors[0] = request->auth_flavs[j];
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: server does not support requested auth flavor\n");
|
|
|
|
nfs_umount(request);
|
|
|
|
return -EACCES;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Use the remote server's MOUNT service to request the NFS file handle
|
|
|
|
* corresponding to the provided path.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_try_mount(struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *root_fh)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2009-08-09 19:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
rpc_authflavor_t server_authlist[NFS_MAX_SECFLAVORS];
|
|
|
|
unsigned int server_authlist_len = ARRAY_SIZE(server_authlist);
|
2008-12-23 20:21:35 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_mount_request request = {
|
|
|
|
.sap = (struct sockaddr *)
|
|
|
|
&args->mount_server.address,
|
|
|
|
.dirpath = args->nfs_server.export_path,
|
|
|
|
.protocol = args->mount_server.protocol,
|
|
|
|
.fh = root_fh,
|
2008-12-23 20:21:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.noresvport = args->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NORESVPORT,
|
2009-08-09 19:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.auth_flav_len = &server_authlist_len,
|
|
|
|
.auth_flavs = server_authlist,
|
2008-12-23 20:21:35 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
2007-12-10 19:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int status;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (args->mount_server.version == 0) {
|
2009-09-23 18:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (args->version) {
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
args->mount_server.version = NFS_MNT3_VERSION;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 2:
|
|
|
|
args->mount_server.version = NFS_MNT_VERSION;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-07-01 16:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-23 20:21:35 +00:00
|
|
|
request.version = args->mount_server.version;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-10 19:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (args->mount_server.hostname)
|
2008-12-23 20:21:35 +00:00
|
|
|
request.hostname = args->mount_server.hostname;
|
2007-12-10 19:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
2008-12-23 20:21:35 +00:00
|
|
|
request.hostname = args->nfs_server.hostname;
|
2007-12-10 19:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Construct the mount server's address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-12-10 19:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (args->mount_server.address.ss_family == AF_UNSPEC) {
|
2008-12-23 20:21:35 +00:00
|
|
|
memcpy(request.sap, &args->nfs_server.address,
|
2007-12-10 19:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.addrlen);
|
|
|
|
args->mount_server.addrlen = args->nfs_server.addrlen;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-23 20:21:35 +00:00
|
|
|
request.salen = args->mount_server.addrlen;
|
2009-10-06 19:40:37 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_set_port(request.sap, &args->mount_server.port, 0);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Now ask the mount server to map our export path
|
|
|
|
* to a file handle.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-12-23 20:21:35 +00:00
|
|
|
status = nfs_mount(&request);
|
2009-08-09 19:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
if (status != 0) {
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unable to mount server %s, error %d\n",
|
|
|
|
request.hostname, status);
|
|
|
|
return status;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-07-01 16:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-09 19:09:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* MNTv1 (NFSv2) does not support auth flavor negotiation.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (args->mount_server.version != NFS_MNT3_VERSION)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
return nfs_walk_authlist(args, &request);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:49 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-23 16:36:45 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_simple_hostname(const char *dev_name,
|
|
|
|
char **hostname, size_t maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
char **export_path, size_t maxpathlen)
|
2008-06-23 16:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
|
|
char *colon, *comma;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
colon = strchr(dev_name, ':');
|
|
|
|
if (colon == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_bad_devname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = colon - dev_name;
|
|
|
|
if (len > maxnamlen)
|
|
|
|
goto out_hostname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* N.B. caller will free nfs_server.hostname in all cases */
|
|
|
|
*hostname = kstrndup(dev_name, len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!*hostname)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* kill possible hostname list: not supported */
|
|
|
|
comma = strchr(*hostname, ',');
|
|
|
|
if (comma != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
if (comma == *hostname)
|
|
|
|
goto out_bad_devname;
|
|
|
|
*comma = '\0';
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
colon++;
|
|
|
|
len = strlen(colon);
|
|
|
|
if (len > maxpathlen)
|
|
|
|
goto out_path;
|
|
|
|
*export_path = kstrndup(colon, len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!*export_path)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: MNTPATH: '%s'\n", *export_path);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_bad_devname:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: device name not in host:path format\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_nomem:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: not enough memory to parse device name\n");
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_hostname:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: server hostname too long\n");
|
|
|
|
return -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_path:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: export pathname too long\n");
|
|
|
|
return -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-23 16:36:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Hostname has square brackets around it because it contains one or
|
|
|
|
* more colons. We look for the first closing square bracket, and a
|
|
|
|
* colon must follow it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_protected_hostname(const char *dev_name,
|
|
|
|
char **hostname, size_t maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
char **export_path, size_t maxpathlen)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
|
|
char *start, *end;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start = (char *)(dev_name + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
end = strchr(start, ']');
|
|
|
|
if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_bad_devname;
|
|
|
|
if (*(end + 1) != ':')
|
|
|
|
goto out_bad_devname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = end - start;
|
|
|
|
if (len > maxnamlen)
|
|
|
|
goto out_hostname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* N.B. caller will free nfs_server.hostname in all cases */
|
|
|
|
*hostname = kstrndup(start, len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (*hostname == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
end += 2;
|
|
|
|
len = strlen(end);
|
|
|
|
if (len > maxpathlen)
|
|
|
|
goto out_path;
|
|
|
|
*export_path = kstrndup(end, len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!*export_path)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_bad_devname:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: device name not in host:path format\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_nomem:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: not enough memory to parse device name\n");
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_hostname:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: server hostname too long\n");
|
|
|
|
return -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_path:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: export pathname too long\n");
|
|
|
|
return -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Split "dev_name" into "hostname:export_path".
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The leftmost colon demarks the split between the server's hostname
|
|
|
|
* and the export path. If the hostname starts with a left square
|
|
|
|
* bracket, then it may contain colons.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Note: caller frees hostname and export path, even on error.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_devname(const char *dev_name,
|
|
|
|
char **hostname, size_t maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
char **export_path, size_t maxpathlen)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (*dev_name == '[')
|
|
|
|
return nfs_parse_protected_hostname(dev_name,
|
|
|
|
hostname, maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
export_path, maxpathlen);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return nfs_parse_simple_hostname(dev_name,
|
|
|
|
hostname, maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
export_path, maxpathlen);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* Validate the NFS2/NFS3 mount data
|
|
|
|
* - fills in the mount root filehandle
|
2007-07-01 16:13:54 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* For option strings, user space handles the following behaviors:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* + DNS: mapping server host name to IP address ("addr=" option)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* + failure mode: how to behave if a mount request can't be handled
|
|
|
|
* immediately ("fg/bg" option)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* + retry: how often to retry a mount request ("retry=" option)
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* + breaking back: trying proto=udp after proto=tcp, v2 after v3,
|
|
|
|
* mountproto=tcp after mountproto=udp, and so on
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-09-10 17:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_validate_mount_data(void *options,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args,
|
2007-07-01 16:13:54 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh,
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-10 17:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_mount_data *data = (struct nfs_mount_data *)options;
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap = (struct sockaddr *)&args->nfs_server.address;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_data;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (data->version) {
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
case 1:
|
|
|
|
data->namlen = 0;
|
|
|
|
case 2:
|
|
|
|
data->bsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
case 3:
|
|
|
|
if (data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_VER3)
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_v3;
|
|
|
|
data->root.size = NFS2_FHSIZE;
|
|
|
|
memcpy(data->root.data, data->old_root.data, NFS2_FHSIZE);
|
|
|
|
case 4:
|
|
|
|
if (data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_SECFLAVOUR)
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_sec;
|
|
|
|
case 5:
|
|
|
|
memset(data->context, 0, sizeof(data->context));
|
|
|
|
case 6:
|
2008-06-19 19:21:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_VER3) {
|
|
|
|
if (data->root.size > NFS3_FHSIZE || data->root.size == 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_fh;
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
mntfh->size = data->root.size;
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
args->version = 3;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
mntfh->size = NFS2_FHSIZE;
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
args->version = 2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(mntfh->data, data->root.data, mntfh->size);
|
|
|
|
if (mntfh->size < sizeof(mntfh->data))
|
|
|
|
memset(mntfh->data + mntfh->size, 0,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(mntfh->data) - mntfh->size);
|
2007-09-24 19:39:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-10 17:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Translate to nfs_parsed_mount_data, which nfs_fill_super
|
|
|
|
* can deal with.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-08-15 20:59:14 +00:00
|
|
|
args->flags = data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_FLAGMASK;
|
2010-08-03 17:04:00 +00:00
|
|
|
args->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_LEGACY_INTERFACE;
|
2007-09-10 17:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
args->rsize = data->rsize;
|
|
|
|
args->wsize = data->wsize;
|
|
|
|
args->timeo = data->timeo;
|
|
|
|
args->retrans = data->retrans;
|
|
|
|
args->acregmin = data->acregmin;
|
|
|
|
args->acregmax = data->acregmax;
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmin = data->acdirmin;
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmax = data->acdirmax;
|
2007-12-10 19:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
memcpy(sap, &data->addr, sizeof(data->addr));
|
2007-12-10 19:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.addrlen = sizeof(data->addr);
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs_verify_server_address(sap))
|
2007-12-10 19:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-10 17:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!(data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_TCP))
|
2007-09-10 17:48:23 +00:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
2007-09-10 17:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
/* N.B. caller will free nfs_server.hostname in all cases */
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.hostname = kstrdup(data->hostname, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
args->namlen = data->namlen;
|
|
|
|
args->bsize = data->bsize;
|
2008-06-24 20:33:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_SECFLAVOUR)
|
|
|
|
args->auth_flavors[0] = data->pseudoflavor;
|
2008-04-17 16:42:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!args->nfs_server.hostname)
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-23 12:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!(data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NONLM))
|
|
|
|
args->flags &= ~(NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK|
|
|
|
|
NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
args->flags |= (NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK|
|
|
|
|
NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL);
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The legacy version 6 binary mount data from userspace has a
|
|
|
|
* field used only to transport selinux information into the
|
|
|
|
* the kernel. To continue to support that functionality we
|
|
|
|
* have a touch of selinux knowledge here in the NFS code. The
|
|
|
|
* userspace code converted context=blah to just blah so we are
|
|
|
|
* converting back to the full string selinux understands.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (data->context[0]){
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX
|
|
|
|
int rc;
|
|
|
|
char *opts_str = kmalloc(sizeof(data->context) + 8, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!opts_str)
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
strcpy(opts_str, "context=");
|
|
|
|
data->context[NFS_MAX_CONTEXT_LEN] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
strcat(opts_str, &data->context[0]);
|
|
|
|
rc = security_sb_parse_opts_str(opts_str, &args->lsm_opts);
|
|
|
|
kfree(opts_str);
|
|
|
|
if (rc)
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:54 +00:00
|
|
|
default: {
|
|
|
|
int status;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-10 17:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfs_parse_mount_options((char *)options, args) == 0)
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs_verify_server_address(sap))
|
2007-09-24 19:39:50 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (args->version == 4)
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
return nfs4_validate_text_mount_data(options,
|
|
|
|
args, dev_name);
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
goto out_v4_not_compiled;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2009-10-06 19:40:37 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_set_port(sap, &args->nfs_server.port, 0);
|
2008-06-26 21:47:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-02 18:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_set_mount_transport_protocol(args);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-23 16:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
status = nfs_parse_devname(dev_name,
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.hostname,
|
|
|
|
PAGE_SIZE,
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.export_path,
|
|
|
|
NFS_MAXPATHLEN);
|
|
|
|
if (!status)
|
|
|
|
status = nfs_try_mount(args, mntfh);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-23 16:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(args->nfs_server.export_path);
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.export_path = NULL;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (status)
|
2007-08-29 21:58:59 +00:00
|
|
|
return status;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef CONFIG_NFS_V3
|
2009-09-23 18:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (args->version == 3)
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_v3_not_compiled;
|
|
|
|
#endif /* !CONFIG_NFS_V3 */
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
out_no_data:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: mount program didn't pass any mount data\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
out_no_v3:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: nfs_mount_data version %d does not support v3\n",
|
|
|
|
data->version);
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
out_no_sec:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: nfs_mount_data version supports only AUTH_SYS\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef CONFIG_NFS_V3
|
|
|
|
out_v3_not_compiled:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: NFSv3 is not compiled into kernel\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EPROTONOSUPPORT;
|
|
|
|
#endif /* !CONFIG_NFS_V3 */
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifndef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
out_v4_not_compiled:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: NFSv4 is not compiled into kernel\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EPROTONOSUPPORT;
|
|
|
|
#endif /* !CONFIG_NFS_V4 */
|
|
|
|
|
2008-04-17 16:42:09 +00:00
|
|
|
out_nomem:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: not enough memory to handle mount options\n");
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:12:56 +00:00
|
|
|
out_no_address:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: mount program didn't pass remote address\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_invalid_fh:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: invalid root filehandle\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-10 19:38:39 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
nfs_compare_remount_data(struct nfs_server *nfss,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (data->flags != nfss->flags ||
|
|
|
|
data->rsize != nfss->rsize ||
|
|
|
|
data->wsize != nfss->wsize ||
|
|
|
|
data->retrans != nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_retries ||
|
|
|
|
data->auth_flavors[0] != nfss->client->cl_auth->au_flavor ||
|
|
|
|
data->acregmin != nfss->acregmin / HZ ||
|
|
|
|
data->acregmax != nfss->acregmax / HZ ||
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmin != nfss->acdirmin / HZ ||
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmax != nfss->acdirmax / HZ ||
|
|
|
|
data->timeo != (10U * nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_initval / HZ) ||
|
2009-10-06 19:41:22 +00:00
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.port != nfss->port ||
|
2008-06-10 19:38:39 +00:00
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.addrlen != nfss->nfs_client->cl_addrlen ||
|
2009-10-12 15:26:12 +00:00
|
|
|
!rpc_cmp_addr((struct sockaddr *)&data->nfs_server.address,
|
|
|
|
(struct sockaddr *)&nfss->nfs_client->cl_addr))
|
2008-06-10 19:38:39 +00:00
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
nfs_remount(struct super_block *sb, int *flags, char *raw_data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfss = sb->s_fs_info;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_mount_data *options = (struct nfs_mount_data *)raw_data;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs4_mount_data *options4 = (struct nfs4_mount_data *)raw_data;
|
2008-06-17 20:12:00 +00:00
|
|
|
u32 nfsvers = nfss->nfs_client->rpc_ops->version;
|
2008-06-10 19:38:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Userspace mount programs that send binary options generally send
|
|
|
|
* them populated with default values. We have no way to know which
|
|
|
|
* ones were explicitly specified. Fall back to legacy behavior and
|
|
|
|
* just return success.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
nfs_remount oops when rebooting + possible fix
Jeff, Trond,
The commit
48b605f83c920d8daa50e43fc2c7f718e04c7bfa (NFS: implement option checking
when remounting NFS filesystems (resend))
generate an Oops on my platform when rebooting while its root FS on
an NFS share (NFSv3, TCP) :
Unmounting local filesystems...done.
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000000
pgd = c3d00000
[00000000] *pgd=a3d72031, *pte=00000000, *ppte=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1]
Modules linked in: cpufreq_powersave cpufreq_ondemand cpufreq_userspace cpufreq_conservative ext3 jbd sd_mod pata_pcmcia libata scsi_mod pcmcia loop firmware_class pxafb cfbcopyarea cfbimgblt cfbfillrect pxa2xx_cs pxa2xx_core pcmcia_core snd_pxa2xx_ac97 snd_ac97_codec ac97_bus snd_pxa2xx_pcm snd_pcm_oss snd_mixer_oss snd_pcm snd_timer snd isp116x_hcd soundcore rtc_sa1100 snd_page_alloc pxa25x_udc usbcore rtc_ds1307 rtc_core
CPU: 0 Not tainted (2.6.26-03414-g33af79d-dirty #15)
PC is at nfs_remount+0x40/0x264
LR is at do_remount_sb+0x158/0x194
pc : [<c00bbf54>] lr : [<c0076c40>] psr: 60000013
sp : c2dd1e70 ip : c2dd1e98 fp : c2dd1e94
r10: 00000040 r9 : c3d17000 r8 : c3c3fc40
r7 : 00000000 r6 : 00000000 r5 : c3d2b200 r4 : 00000000
r3 : 00000003 r2 : 00000000 r1 : c2dd1e9c r0 : c3c3fc00
Flags: nZCv IRQs on FIQs on Mode SVC_32 ISA ARM Segment user
Control: 0000397f Table: a3d00000 DAC: 00000015
Process mount (pid: 1462, stack limit = 0xc2dd0270)
Stack: (0xc2dd1e70 to 0xc2dd2000)
1e60: 00000000 c3c3fc00 00000000 00000000
1e80: c3c3fc40 c3d17000 c2dd1ebc c2dd1e98 c0076c40 c00bbf20 c01c61e4 00000001
1ea0: c2dd1ebc 00000001 c3c3fc00 c2dd1ef0 c2dd1ee4 c2dd1ec0 c008c6d8 c0076af4
1ec0: 00000021 00000040 c2dd1ef0 c3d77000 c3eaa000 00000000 c2dd1f6c c2dd1ee8
1ee0: c008d1bc c008c5f8 00000000 c2dd0000 c3c0c320 c3805b38 c002064c 0001f820
1f00: 0001f810 00000001 00000001 00000000 c2dd0000 00000000 c2dd1f34 c2dd1f28
1f20: c005ead8 c005e6f8 c2dd1f44 c2dd1f38 c005eaf8 c005ead0 c2dd1f6c c2dd1f48
1f40: c008ae3c 00000000 c3d77000 0001f810 c0ed0021 c0020ca8 c2dd0000 00000000
1f60: c2dd1fa4 c2dd1f70 c008d2d4 c008d0bc 00000000 0001f810 c2dd1f9c c3eaa000
1f80: c3d17000 00000000 00000000 be8b6aa8 be8b6ad0 00000015 00000000 c2dd1fa8
1fa0: c0020b00 c008d254 00000000 be8b6aa8 0001f810 0001f820 0001f830 c0ed0021
1fc0: 00000000 be8b6aa8 be8b6ad0 00000015 00000000 be8b6ad0 0001f810 be8b6aa8
1fe0: 0001f810 be8b6964 0000aab8 40125124 60000010 0001f810 00000000 00000000
Backtrace:
[<c00bbf14>] (nfs_remount+0x0/0x264) from [<c0076c40>] (do_remount_sb+0x158/0x194)
r9:c3d17000 r8:c3c3fc40 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:c3c3fc00
r4:00000000
[<c0076ae8>] (do_remount_sb+0x0/0x194) from [<c008c6d8>] (do_remount+0xec/0x118)
r6:c2dd1ef0 r5:c3c3fc00 r4:00000001
[<c008c5ec>] (do_remount+0x0/0x118) from [<c008d1bc>] (do_mount+0x10c/0x198)
[<c008d0b0>] (do_mount+0x0/0x198) from [<c008d2d4>] (sys_mount+0x8c/0xd4)
[<c008d248>] (sys_mount+0x0/0xd4) from [<c0020b00>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x2c)
r7:00000015 r6:be8b6ad0 r5:be8b6aa8 r4:00000000
Code: 0a000086 ea000006 e3530003 8a000004 (e5923000)
---[ end trace 55e1b689cf8c8a6a ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: at kernel/exit.c:966 do_exit+0x3c/0x628()
Modules linked in: cpufreq_powersave cpufreq_ondemand cpufreq_userspace cpufreq_conservative ext3 jbd sd_mod pata_pcmcia libata scsi_mod pcmcia loop firmware_class pxafb cfbcopyarea cfbimgblt cfbfillrect pxa2xx_cs pxa2xx_core pcmcia_core snd_pxa2xx_ac97 snd_ac97_codec ac97_bus snd_pxa2xx_pcm snd_pcm_oss snd_mixer_oss snd_pcm snd_timer snd isp116x_hcd soundcore rtc_sa1100 snd_page_alloc pxa25x_udc usbcore rtc_ds1307 rtc_core
[<c0025168>] (dump_stack+0x0/0x14) from [<c0032154>] (warn_on_slowpath+0x4c/0x68)
[<c0032108>] (warn_on_slowpath+0x0/0x68) from [<c003531c>] (do_exit+0x3c/0x628)
r6:0000000b r5:c3c3dc80 r4:c2dd0000
[<c00352e0>] (do_exit+0x0/0x628) from [<c0025004>] (die+0x2b0/0x30c)
[<c0024d54>] (die+0x0/0x30c) from [<c00270bc>] (__do_kernel_fault+0x6c/0x80)
[<c0027050>] (__do_kernel_fault+0x0/0x80) from [<c00272e0>] (do_page_fault+0x210/0x230)
r7:c3fa7118 r6:c3c3dc80 r5:c3d166a8 r4:00010000
[<c00270d0>] (do_page_fault+0x0/0x230) from [<c00201ec>] (do_DataAbort+0x3c/0xa0)
[<c00201b0>] (do_DataAbort+0x0/0xa0) from [<c002064c>] (__dabt_svc+0x4c/0x60)
Exception stack(0xc2dd1e28 to 0xc2dd1e70)
1e20: c3c3fc00 c2dd1e9c 00000000 00000003 00000000 c3d2b200
1e40: 00000000 00000000 c3c3fc40 c3d17000 00000040 c2dd1e94 c2dd1e98 c2dd1e70
1e60: c0076c40 c00bbf54 60000013 ffffffff
r8:c3c3fc40 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:c2dd1e5c r4:ffffffff
[<c00bbf14>] (nfs_remount+0x0/0x264) from [<c0076c40>] (do_remount_sb+0x158/0x194)
r9:c3d17000 r8:c3c3fc40 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:c3c3fc00
r4:00000000
[<c0076ae8>] (do_remount_sb+0x0/0x194) from [<c008c6d8>] (do_remount+0xec/0x118)
r6:c2dd1ef0 r5:c3c3fc00 r4:00000001
[<c008c5ec>] (do_remount+0x0/0x118) from [<c008d1bc>] (do_mount+0x10c/0x198)
[<c008d0b0>] (do_mount+0x0/0x198) from [<c008d2d4>] (sys_mount+0x8c/0xd4)
[<c008d248>] (sys_mount+0x0/0xd4) from [<c0020b00>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x2c)
r7:00000015 r6:be8b6ad0 r5:be8b6aa8 r4:00000000
---[ end trace 55e1b689cf8c8a6a ]---
/etc/rc6.d/S60umountroot: line 17: 1462 Segmentation fault mount $MOUNT_FORCE_OPT -n -o remount,ro -t dummytype dummydev / 2> /dev/null
The new super.c:nfs_remount function doesn't check the validity of the
options/options4 pointers. Unfortunately, this seems to happend.
The obvious patch seems to check the pointers, and not to do anything if
the happend to be NULL.
Tested on an XScale PXA255 system, latest git.
Regards,
M.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@altran.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-07-17 11:21:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((nfsvers == 4 && (!options4 || options4->version == 1)) ||
|
|
|
|
(nfsvers <= 3 && (!options || (options->version >= 1 &&
|
|
|
|
options->version <= 6))))
|
2008-06-10 19:38:39 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
data = kzalloc(sizeof(*data), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* fill out struct with values from existing mount */
|
|
|
|
data->flags = nfss->flags;
|
|
|
|
data->rsize = nfss->rsize;
|
|
|
|
data->wsize = nfss->wsize;
|
|
|
|
data->retrans = nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_retries;
|
|
|
|
data->auth_flavors[0] = nfss->client->cl_auth->au_flavor;
|
|
|
|
data->acregmin = nfss->acregmin / HZ;
|
|
|
|
data->acregmax = nfss->acregmax / HZ;
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmin = nfss->acdirmin / HZ;
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmax = nfss->acdirmax / HZ;
|
|
|
|
data->timeo = 10U * nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_initval / HZ;
|
2009-10-06 19:41:22 +00:00
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.port = nfss->port;
|
2008-06-10 19:38:39 +00:00
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.addrlen = nfss->nfs_client->cl_addrlen;
|
|
|
|
memcpy(&data->nfs_server.address, &nfss->nfs_client->cl_addr,
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.addrlen);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* overwrite those values with any that were specified */
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_parse_mount_options((char *)options, data);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* compare new mount options with old ones */
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_compare_remount_data(nfss, data);
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
kfree(data);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* Initialise the common bits of the superblock
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
static inline void nfs_initialise_sb(struct super_block *sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2006-08-23 00:06:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_magic = NFS_SUPER_MAGIC;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* We probably want something more informative here */
|
|
|
|
snprintf(sb->s_id, sizeof(sb->s_id),
|
|
|
|
"%x:%x", MAJOR(sb->s_dev), MINOR(sb->s_dev));
|
2006-08-23 00:06:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (sb->s_blocksize == 0)
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = nfs_block_bits(server->wsize,
|
|
|
|
&sb->s_blocksize_bits);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NOAC)
|
|
|
|
sb->s_flags |= MS_SYNCHRONOUS;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-16 13:02:33 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_bdi = &server->backing_dev_info;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_super_set_maxbytes(sb, server->maxfilesize);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* Finish setting up an NFS2/3 superblock
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-09-10 17:43:56 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_fill_super(struct super_block *sb,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2006-08-23 00:06:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize_bits = 0;
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (data->bsize)
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = nfs_block_size(data->bsize, &sb->s_blocksize_bits);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-23 18:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->version == 3) {
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* The VFS shouldn't apply the umask to mode bits. We will do
|
|
|
|
* so ourselves when necessary.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
sb->s_flags |= MS_POSIXACL;
|
|
|
|
sb->s_time_gran = 1;
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_op = &nfs_sops;
|
|
|
|
nfs_initialise_sb(sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* Finish setting up a cloned NFS2/3 superblock
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_clone_super(struct super_block *sb,
|
|
|
|
const struct super_block *old_sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize_bits = old_sb->s_blocksize_bits;
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = old_sb->s_blocksize;
|
|
|
|
sb->s_maxbytes = old_sb->s_maxbytes;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-23 18:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->version == 3) {
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* The VFS shouldn't apply the umask to mode bits. We will do
|
|
|
|
* so ourselves when necessary.
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
sb->s_flags |= MS_POSIXACL;
|
|
|
|
sb->s_time_gran = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_op = old_sb->s_op;
|
|
|
|
nfs_initialise_sb(sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_compare_mount_options(const struct super_block *s, const struct nfs_server *b, int flags)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const struct nfs_server *a = s->s_fs_info;
|
|
|
|
const struct rpc_clnt *clnt_a = a->client;
|
|
|
|
const struct rpc_clnt *clnt_b = b->client;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((s->s_flags & NFS_MS_MASK) != (flags & NFS_MS_MASK))
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
if (a->nfs_client != b->nfs_client)
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
if (a->flags != b->flags)
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
if (a->wsize != b->wsize)
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
if (a->rsize != b->rsize)
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
if (a->acregmin != b->acregmin)
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
if (a->acregmax != b->acregmax)
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
if (a->acdirmin != b->acdirmin)
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
if (a->acdirmax != b->acdirmax)
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
if (clnt_a->cl_auth->au_flavor != clnt_b->cl_auth->au_flavor)
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Ebusy:
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata {
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
int mntflags;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_set_super(struct super_block *s, void *data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata *sb_mntdata = data;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = sb_mntdata->server;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s->s_flags = sb_mntdata->mntflags;
|
|
|
|
s->s_fs_info = server;
|
2010-12-18 16:29:39 +00:00
|
|
|
s->s_d_op = server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->dentry_ops;
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
ret = set_anon_super(s, server);
|
|
|
|
if (ret == 0)
|
|
|
|
server->s_dev = s->s_dev;
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-10 19:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_compare_super_address(struct nfs_server *server1,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server2)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap1, *sap2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sap1 = (struct sockaddr *)&server1->nfs_client->cl_addr;
|
|
|
|
sap2 = (struct sockaddr *)&server2->nfs_client->cl_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (sap1->sa_family != sap2->sa_family)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (sap1->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET: {
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *sin1 = (struct sockaddr_in *)sap1;
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *sin2 = (struct sockaddr_in *)sap2;
|
|
|
|
if (sin1->sin_addr.s_addr != sin2->sin_addr.s_addr)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (sin1->sin_port != sin2->sin_port)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6: {
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin1 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sap1;
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin2 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sap2;
|
|
|
|
if (!ipv6_addr_equal(&sin1->sin6_addr, &sin2->sin6_addr))
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (sin1->sin6_port != sin2->sin6_port)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_compare_super(struct super_block *sb, void *data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata *sb_mntdata = data;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = sb_mntdata->server, *old = NFS_SB(sb);
|
|
|
|
int mntflags = sb_mntdata->mntflags;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-10 19:57:38 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs_compare_super_address(old, server))
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Note: NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED == NFS4_MOUNT_UNSHARED */
|
|
|
|
if (old->flags & NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (memcmp(&old->fsid, &server->fsid, sizeof(old->fsid)) != 0)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
return nfs_compare_mount_options(sb, server, mntflags);
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-04-30 07:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_bdi_register(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return bdi_register_dev(&server->backing_dev_info, server->s_dev);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NULL;
|
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
int error = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-31 16:21:05 +00:00
|
|
|
data = nfs_alloc_parsed_mount_data(NFS_DEFAULT_VERSION);
|
2010-04-19 23:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
mntfh = nfs_alloc_fhandle();
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (data == NULL || mntfh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_free_fh;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
security_init_mnt_opts(&data->lsm_opts);
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Validate the mount data */
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_validate_mount_data(raw_data, data, mntfh, dev_name);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
2007-07-01 16:12:35 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
if (data->version == 4) {
|
|
|
|
error = nfs4_try_mount(flags, dev_name, data, mnt);
|
|
|
|
kfree(data->client_address);
|
2010-04-22 10:56:17 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(data->nfs_server.export_path);
|
2009-09-08 23:50:03 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4 */
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Get a volume representation */
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
server = nfs_create_server(data, mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
2007-07-01 16:12:35 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
s = sget(fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_err_nosb;
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 07:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto error_splat_bdi;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_fill_super(s, data);
|
2009-09-23 18:36:39 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_fscache_get_super_cookie(
|
|
|
|
s, data ? data->fscache_uniq : NULL, NULL);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-16 09:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs_get_root(s, mntfh, dev_name);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
error = security_sb_set_mnt_opts(s, &data->lsm_opts);
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_root;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_sb = s;
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_root = mntroot;
|
2007-07-01 16:12:35 +00:00
|
|
|
error = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(data->nfs_server.hostname);
|
|
|
|
kfree(data->mount_server.hostname);
|
2009-04-03 15:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(data->fscache_uniq);
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
security_free_mnt_opts(&data->lsm_opts);
|
|
|
|
out_free_fh:
|
2010-04-19 23:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fhandle(mntfh);
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(data);
|
2007-07-01 16:12:35 +00:00
|
|
|
return error;
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
out_err_nosb:
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
2007-07-01 16:12:35 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
error_splat_root:
|
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server && !s->s_root)
|
|
|
|
bdi_unregister(&server->backing_dev_info);
|
|
|
|
error_splat_bdi:
|
2009-05-06 05:34:22 +00:00
|
|
|
deactivate_locked_super(s);
|
2007-07-01 16:12:35 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-03 13:27:35 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Ensure that we unregister the bdi before kill_anon_super
|
|
|
|
* releases the device name
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_put_super(struct super_block *s)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(s);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bdi_unregister(&server->backing_dev_info);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Destroy an NFS2/3 superblock
|
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_kill_super(struct super_block *s)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(s);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kill_anon_super(s);
|
2009-04-03 15:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_fscache_release_super_cookie(s);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Clone an NFS2/3 server record on xdev traversal (FSID-change)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct dentry *
|
|
|
|
nfs_xdev_mount(struct file_system_type *fs_type, int flags,
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name, void *raw_data)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_clone_mount *data = raw_data;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
};
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_xdev_mount()\n");
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* create a new volume representation */
|
|
|
|
server = nfs_clone_server(NFS_SB(data->sb), data->fh, data->fattr);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_noserver;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
2006-08-23 00:06:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
s = sget(&nfs_fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_nosb;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2006-08-23 00:06:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 07:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto error_splat_bdi;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-08-23 00:06:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
|
|
|
nfs_clone_super(s, data->sb);
|
2009-09-23 18:36:39 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_fscache_get_super_cookie(s, NULL, data);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-16 09:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs_get_root(s, data->fh, dev_name);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-01-02 18:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mntroot->d_inode->i_op != NFS_SB(s)->nfs_client->rpc_ops->dir_inode_ops) {
|
kernel BUG at fs/nfs/namespace.c:108! - can be triggered by bad server
Hi Trond,
I have discovered that the BUG_ON in nfs_follow_mountpoint:
BUG_ON(IS_ROOT(dentry));
can be triggered by a misbehaving server.
What happens is the client does a lookup and discoveres that the named
directory has a different fsid, so it initiates a mount.
It then performs a GETATTR on the mounted directory and gets a
different fsid again (due to a bug in the NFS server).
This causes nfs_follow_mountpoint to be called on the newly mounted
root, which triggers the BUG_ON.
To duplicate this, have a directory which contains some mountpoints,
and export that directory with the "crossmnt" flag using nfs-utils
1.1.1 (or 1.1.0 I think)
The GETATTR on the root of the mounted filesystem will return the
information for the top exportpoint, while a lookup will return the
correct information. This difference causes the NFS client to BUG.
I think the best way to fix this is to trap this possibility early, so
just before completing the mount in the NFS client, check that it isn't
going to use nfs_mountpoint_inode_operations.
As long as i_op will never change once set (is that true?), this
should be adequately safe.
The following patch shows a possible approach, and it works for me.
i.e. when the NFS server is misbehaving, I get ESTALE on those
mountpoints, while when the NFS server is working correctly, I get
correct behaviour on the client.
NeilBrown
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2007-11-01 05:50:20 +00:00
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
error = -ESTALE;
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
/* clone any lsm security options from the parent to the new sb */
|
|
|
|
security_sb_clone_mnt_opts(data->sb, s);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_xdev_mount() = 0\n");
|
|
|
|
return mntroot;
|
2006-08-23 00:06:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
out_err_nosb:
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
out_err_noserver:
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_xdev_mount() = %d [error]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server && !s->s_root)
|
|
|
|
bdi_unregister(&server->backing_dev_info);
|
|
|
|
error_splat_bdi:
|
2009-05-06 05:34:22 +00:00
|
|
|
deactivate_locked_super(s);
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_xdev_mount() = %d [splat]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* Finish setting up a cloned NFS4 superblock
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs4_clone_super(struct super_block *sb,
|
|
|
|
const struct super_block *old_sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize_bits = old_sb->s_blocksize_bits;
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = old_sb->s_blocksize;
|
|
|
|
sb->s_maxbytes = old_sb->s_maxbytes;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_time_gran = 1;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_op = old_sb->s_op;
|
2010-12-09 11:35:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The VFS shouldn't apply the umask to mode bits. We will do
|
|
|
|
* so ourselves when necessary.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
sb->s_flags |= MS_POSIXACL;
|
2010-12-09 11:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_xattr = old_sb->s_xattr;
|
|
|
|
nfs_initialise_sb(sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Set up an NFS4 superblock
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void nfs4_fill_super(struct super_block *sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_time_gran = 1;
|
|
|
|
sb->s_op = &nfs4_sops;
|
2010-12-09 11:35:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The VFS shouldn't apply the umask to mode bits. We will do
|
|
|
|
* so ourselves when necessary.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
sb->s_flags |= MS_POSIXACL;
|
2010-12-09 11:35:25 +00:00
|
|
|
sb->s_xattr = nfs4_xattr_handlers;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_initialise_sb(sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-17 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs4_validate_mount_flags(struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-09-23 12:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
args->flags &= ~(NFS_MOUNT_NONLM|NFS_MOUNT_NOACL|NFS_MOUNT_VER3|
|
|
|
|
NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK|NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL);
|
2009-06-17 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:49:57 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_validate_text_mount_data(void *options,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args,
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap = (struct sockaddr *)&args->nfs_server.address;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-10-06 19:40:37 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_set_port(sap, &args->nfs_server.port, NFS_PORT);
|
2009-09-08 23:49:57 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_validate_transport_protocol(args);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs4_validate_mount_flags(args);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:50:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if (args->version != 4) {
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT,
|
|
|
|
"NFS4: Illegal mount version\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:49:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (args->auth_flavor_len > 1) {
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT,
|
|
|
|
"NFS4: Too many RPC auth flavours specified\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (args->client_address == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT,
|
|
|
|
"NFS4: mount program didn't pass callback address\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return nfs_parse_devname(dev_name,
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.hostname,
|
|
|
|
NFS4_MAXNAMLEN,
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.export_path,
|
|
|
|
NFS4_MAXPATHLEN);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Validate NFSv4 mount options
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-09-10 17:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_validate_mount_data(void *options,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args,
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name)
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap = (struct sockaddr *)&args->nfs_server.address;
|
2007-09-10 17:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs4_mount_data *data = (struct nfs4_mount_data *)options;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
char *c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (data->version) {
|
|
|
|
case 1:
|
2007-12-10 19:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (data->host_addrlen > sizeof(args->nfs_server.address))
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
|
|
|
if (data->host_addrlen == 0)
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
2007-12-10 19:59:28 +00:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.addrlen = data->host_addrlen;
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (copy_from_user(sap, data->host_addr, data->host_addrlen))
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
return -EFAULT;
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs_verify_server_address(sap))
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 20:33:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (data->auth_flavourlen) {
|
|
|
|
if (data->auth_flavourlen > 1)
|
|
|
|
goto out_inval_auth;
|
2007-09-21 00:23:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (copy_from_user(&args->auth_flavors[0],
|
2007-09-10 17:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
data->auth_flavours,
|
2007-09-21 00:23:51 +00:00
|
|
|
sizeof(args->auth_flavors[0])))
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
return -EFAULT;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c = strndup_user(data->hostname.data, NFS4_MAXNAMLEN);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(c))
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(c);
|
2007-09-10 17:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.hostname = c;
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c = strndup_user(data->mnt_path.data, NFS4_MAXPATHLEN);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(c))
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(c);
|
2007-09-10 17:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.export_path = c;
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: MNTPATH: '%s'\n", c);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c = strndup_user(data->client_addr.data, 16);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(c))
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(c);
|
2007-09-10 17:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
args->client_address = c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Translate to nfs_parsed_mount_data, which nfs4_fill_super
|
|
|
|
* can deal with.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
args->flags = data->flags & NFS4_MOUNT_FLAGMASK;
|
|
|
|
args->rsize = data->rsize;
|
|
|
|
args->wsize = data->wsize;
|
|
|
|
args->timeo = data->timeo;
|
|
|
|
args->retrans = data->retrans;
|
|
|
|
args->acregmin = data->acregmin;
|
|
|
|
args->acregmax = data->acregmax;
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmin = data->acdirmin;
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmax = data->acdirmax;
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.protocol = data->proto;
|
2008-07-02 18:43:47 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_validate_transport_protocol(args);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2009-09-08 23:49:57 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
2007-09-10 17:44:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (nfs_parse_mount_options((char *)options, args) == 0)
|
2007-07-01 16:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:49:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs_verify_server_address(sap))
|
2007-07-01 16:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
2008-06-23 16:36:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:49:57 +00:00
|
|
|
return nfs4_validate_text_mount_data(options, args, dev_name);
|
2007-07-01 16:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_no_data:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS4: mount program didn't pass any mount data\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_inval_auth:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS4: Invalid number of RPC auth flavours %d\n",
|
|
|
|
data->auth_flavourlen);
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_no_address:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS4: mount program didn't pass remote address\n");
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
* Get the superblock for the NFS4 root partition
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct dentry *
|
|
|
|
nfs4_remote_mount(struct file_system_type *fs_type, int flags,
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name, void *raw_data)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data = raw_data;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
int error = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-19 23:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
mntfh = nfs_alloc_fhandle();
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (data == NULL || mntfh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_free_fh;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
security_init_mnt_opts(&data->lsm_opts);
|
2008-03-05 19:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Get a volume representation */
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
server = nfs4_create_server(data, mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
2007-07-01 16:12:30 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS4_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
s = sget(&nfs4_fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_free;
|
2006-06-24 12:41:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-24 05:03:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 07:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto error_splat_bdi;
|
2006-08-24 05:03:05 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
|
|
|
nfs4_fill_super(s);
|
2009-09-23 18:36:39 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_fscache_get_super_cookie(
|
|
|
|
s, data ? data->fscache_uniq : NULL, NULL);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-16 09:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs4_get_root(s, mntfh, dev_name);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
error = security_sb_set_mnt_opts(s, &data->lsm_opts);
|
2008-05-02 20:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_root;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
security_free_mnt_opts(&data->lsm_opts);
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_fhandle(mntfh);
|
|
|
|
return mntroot;
|
2007-07-01 16:12:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
2008-06-19 18:20:11 +00:00
|
|
|
security_free_mnt_opts(&data->lsm_opts);
|
|
|
|
out_free_fh:
|
2010-04-19 23:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fhandle(mntfh);
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
out_free:
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
2007-07-01 16:12:30 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-02 20:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
error_splat_root:
|
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server && !s->s_root)
|
|
|
|
bdi_unregister(&server->backing_dev_info);
|
|
|
|
error_splat_bdi:
|
2009-05-06 05:34:22 +00:00
|
|
|
deactivate_locked_super(s);
|
2007-07-01 16:12:30 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct vfsmount *nfs_do_root_mount(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, void *data, const char *hostname)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct vfsmount *root_mnt;
|
|
|
|
char *root_devname;
|
|
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen(hostname) + 3;
|
|
|
|
root_devname = kmalloc(len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (root_devname == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
snprintf(root_devname, len, "%s:/", hostname);
|
|
|
|
root_mnt = vfs_kern_mount(fs_type, flags, root_devname, data);
|
|
|
|
kfree(root_devname);
|
|
|
|
return root_mnt;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-16 10:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_fix_devname(struct dentry *dentry, struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
char *page = (char *) __get_free_page(GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
char *devname, *tmp;
|
2011-03-16 10:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
char *dummy;
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (page == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2011-03-16 10:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
devname = nfs_path(&dummy, dentry, page, PAGE_SIZE);
|
2010-04-22 19:35:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(devname))
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
goto out_freepage;
|
|
|
|
tmp = kstrdup(devname, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (tmp == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_freepage;
|
|
|
|
kfree(mnt->mnt_devname);
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_devname = tmp;
|
|
|
|
out_freepage:
|
|
|
|
free_page((unsigned long)page);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-16 20:22:52 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_referral_count {
|
|
|
|
struct list_head list;
|
|
|
|
const struct task_struct *task;
|
|
|
|
unsigned int referral_count;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static LIST_HEAD(nfs_referral_count_list);
|
|
|
|
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(nfs_referral_count_list_lock);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct nfs_referral_count *nfs_find_referral_count(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_referral_count *p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(p, &nfs_referral_count_list, list) {
|
|
|
|
if (p->task == current)
|
|
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define NFS_MAX_NESTED_REFERRALS 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_referral_loop_protect(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_referral_count *p, *new;
|
|
|
|
int ret = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new = kmalloc(sizeof(*new), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (!new)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
new->task = current;
|
|
|
|
new->referral_count = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = 0;
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_referral_count_list_lock);
|
|
|
|
p = nfs_find_referral_count();
|
|
|
|
if (p != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
if (p->referral_count >= NFS_MAX_NESTED_REFERRALS)
|
|
|
|
ret = -ELOOP;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
p->referral_count++;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
list_add(&new->list, &nfs_referral_count_list);
|
|
|
|
new = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_referral_count_list_lock);
|
|
|
|
kfree(new);
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_referral_loop_unprotect(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_referral_count *p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
spin_lock(&nfs_referral_count_list_lock);
|
|
|
|
p = nfs_find_referral_count();
|
|
|
|
p->referral_count--;
|
|
|
|
if (p->referral_count == 0)
|
|
|
|
list_del(&p->list);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
p = NULL;
|
|
|
|
spin_unlock(&nfs_referral_count_list_lock);
|
|
|
|
kfree(p);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_follow_remote_path(struct vfsmount *root_mnt,
|
|
|
|
const char *export_path, struct vfsmount *mnt_target)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nameidata *nd = NULL;
|
2009-12-17 20:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mnt_namespace *ns_private;
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
nd = kmalloc(sizeof(*nd), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
if (nd == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-17 20:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ns_private = create_mnt_ns(root_mnt);
|
|
|
|
ret = PTR_ERR(ns_private);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(ns_private))
|
|
|
|
goto out_mntput;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-16 20:22:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ret = nfs_referral_loop_protect();
|
|
|
|
if (ret != 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_put_mnt_ns;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
ret = vfs_path_lookup(root_mnt->mnt_root, root_mnt,
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
export_path, LOOKUP_FOLLOW, nd);
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-16 20:22:52 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_referral_loop_unprotect();
|
2009-12-17 20:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
put_mnt_ns(ns_private);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ret != 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out_err;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
s = nd->path.mnt->mnt_sb;
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
atomic_inc(&s->s_active);
|
|
|
|
mnt_target->mnt_sb = s;
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
mnt_target->mnt_root = dget(nd->path.dentry);
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Correct the device pathname */
|
2011-03-16 10:26:11 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_fix_devname(nd->path.dentry, mnt_target);
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
path_put(&nd->path);
|
|
|
|
kfree(nd);
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
down_write(&s->s_umount);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2010-04-16 20:22:52 +00:00
|
|
|
out_put_mnt_ns:
|
|
|
|
put_mnt_ns(ns_private);
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
out_mntput:
|
|
|
|
mntput(root_mnt);
|
|
|
|
out_err:
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
kfree(nd);
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:50:00 +00:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_try_mount(int flags, const char *dev_name,
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data,
|
|
|
|
struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
char *export_path;
|
|
|
|
struct vfsmount *root_mnt;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "--> nfs4_try_mount()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
export_path = data->nfs_server.export_path;
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.export_path = "/";
|
|
|
|
root_mnt = nfs_do_root_mount(&nfs4_remote_fs_type, flags, data,
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.hostname);
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.export_path = export_path;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(root_mnt);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(root_mnt))
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_follow_remote_path(root_mnt, export_path, mnt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "<-- nfs4_try_mount() = %d%s\n", error,
|
|
|
|
error != 0 ? " [error]" : "");
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Get the superblock for an NFS4 mountpoint
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs4_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data;
|
|
|
|
int error = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-10-06 19:40:15 +00:00
|
|
|
data = nfs_alloc_parsed_mount_data(4);
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_free_data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Validate the mount data */
|
|
|
|
error = nfs4_validate_mount_data(raw_data, data, dev_name);
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-08 23:50:00 +00:00
|
|
|
error = nfs4_try_mount(flags, dev_name, data, mnt);
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
kfree(data->client_address);
|
|
|
|
kfree(data->nfs_server.export_path);
|
|
|
|
kfree(data->nfs_server.hostname);
|
|
|
|
kfree(data->fscache_uniq);
|
|
|
|
out_free_data:
|
|
|
|
kfree(data);
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_get_sb() = %d%s\n", error,
|
|
|
|
error != 0 ? " [error]" : "");
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
static void nfs4_kill_super(struct super_block *sb)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-01 13:22:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> %s\n", __func__);
|
2008-12-23 20:21:46 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_super_return_all_delegations(sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
kill_anon_super(sb);
|
2009-04-03 15:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_fscache_release_super_cookie(sb);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
2009-04-01 13:22:34 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- %s\n", __func__);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* Clone an NFS4 server record on xdev traversal (FSID-change)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct dentry *
|
|
|
|
nfs4_xdev_mount(struct file_system_type *fs_type, int flags,
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name, void *raw_data)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_clone_mount *data = raw_data;
|
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
};
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs4_xdev_mount()\n");
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* create a new volume representation */
|
|
|
|
server = nfs_clone_server(NFS_SB(data->sb), data->fh, data->fattr);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_noserver;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS4_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2008-10-17 14:44:37 +00:00
|
|
|
s = sget(&nfs4_fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_nosb;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 07:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto error_splat_bdi;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
|
|
|
nfs4_clone_super(s, data->sb);
|
2009-09-23 18:36:39 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_fscache_get_super_cookie(s, NULL, data);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-16 09:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs4_get_root(s, data->fh, dev_name);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-01-02 18:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mntroot->d_inode->i_op != NFS_SB(s)->nfs_client->rpc_ops->dir_inode_ops) {
|
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
error = -ESTALE;
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-02 20:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
security_sb_clone_mnt_opts(data->sb, s);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_xdev_mount() = 0\n");
|
|
|
|
return mntroot;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_err_nosb:
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
out_err_noserver:
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_xdev_mount() = %d [error]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server && !s->s_root)
|
|
|
|
bdi_unregister(&server->backing_dev_info);
|
|
|
|
error_splat_bdi:
|
2009-05-06 05:34:22 +00:00
|
|
|
deactivate_locked_super(s);
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_xdev_mount() = %d [splat]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct dentry *
|
|
|
|
nfs4_remote_referral_mount(struct file_system_type *fs_type, int flags,
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name, void *raw_data)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_clone_mount *data = raw_data;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh;
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
};
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int error = -ENOMEM;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs4_referral_get_sb()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
mntfh = nfs_alloc_fhandle();
|
|
|
|
if (mntfh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_nofh;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* create a new volume representation */
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
server = nfs4_create_referral_server(data, mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_noserver;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 14:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-16 20:53:28 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS4_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2008-10-17 14:44:37 +00:00
|
|
|
s = sget(&nfs4_fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_nosb;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 07:54:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto error_splat_bdi;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
|
|
|
nfs4_fill_super(s);
|
2009-09-23 18:36:39 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_fscache_get_super_cookie(s, NULL, data);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-16 09:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs4_get_root(s, mntfh, dev_name);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-01-02 18:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mntroot->d_inode->i_op != NFS_SB(s)->nfs_client->rpc_ops->dir_inode_ops) {
|
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
error = -ESTALE;
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-02 20:42:42 +00:00
|
|
|
security_sb_clone_mnt_opts(data->sb, s);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fhandle(mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_referral_get_sb() = 0\n");
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
return mntroot;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_err_nosb:
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
out_err_noserver:
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fhandle(mntfh);
|
|
|
|
out_err_nofh:
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_referral_get_sb() = %d [error]\n", error);
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
2010-03-11 00:20:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (server && !s->s_root)
|
|
|
|
bdi_unregister(&server->backing_dev_info);
|
|
|
|
error_splat_bdi:
|
2009-05-06 05:34:22 +00:00
|
|
|
deactivate_locked_super(s);
|
2010-04-16 20:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_fhandle(mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_referral_get_sb() = %d [splat]\n", error);
|
2010-10-29 07:38:12 +00:00
|
|
|
return ERR_PTR(error);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 13:34:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-22 19:09:14 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Create an NFS4 server record on referral traversal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int nfs4_referral_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data,
|
|
|
|
struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_clone_mount *data = raw_data;
|
|
|
|
char *export_path;
|
|
|
|
struct vfsmount *root_mnt;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs4_referral_get_sb()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
export_path = data->mnt_path;
|
|
|
|
data->mnt_path = "/";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
root_mnt = nfs_do_root_mount(&nfs4_remote_referral_fs_type,
|
|
|
|
flags, data, data->hostname);
|
|
|
|
data->mnt_path = export_path;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(root_mnt);
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(root_mnt))
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_follow_remote_path(root_mnt, export_path, mnt);
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_referral_get_sb() = %d%s\n", error,
|
|
|
|
error != 0 ? " [error]" : "");
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 00:06:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4 */
|